Online User's Guide
DCP-L3510CDW
DCP-L3517CDW
DCP-L3550CDW
MFC-L3710CW
MFC-L3730CDN
MFC-L3750CDW
MFC-L3770CDW
© 2018 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1
Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 5
Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 6
Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 7
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 11
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD ....................................................................................................... 15
Settings Screen Overview............................................................................................................................ 17
Set the Main Home Screen .......................................................................................................................... 18
Access Brother Utilities (Windows) .............................................................................................................. 19
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows) ...................................................................... 21
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 22
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 23
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 24
Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) .................................................................... 28
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot .................................................................................. 38
Paper Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 45
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type............................................................................................ 46
Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing ............................................................................................. 47
Change the Check Paper Size Setting............................................................................................... 48
Recommended Print Media.......................................................................................................................... 49
Load Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 50
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 51
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass............................................................................................. 53
Unscannable and Unprintable Areas ........................................................................................................... 54
Using Special Paper..................................................................................................................................... 55
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 56
Print from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................... 57
Print a Document (Windows).............................................................................................................. 58
Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................................................... 60
Secure Print (Windows)...................................................................................................................... 64
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows) .................................................................................... 66
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation)
(Windows) .......................................................................................................................................... 67
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows) .................................................. 68
Print from Your Computer (Mac) .................................................................................................................. 69
Print a Document (Mac) ..................................................................................................................... 70
Print Options (Mac) ............................................................................................................................ 71
Secure Print (Mac) ............................................................................................................................. 77
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
language emulation)
(Mac) .................................................................................................................................................. 79
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac) .......................................................... 80
Cancel a Print Job........................................................................................................................................ 81
Home > Table of Contents
i
Test Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 82
Scan...................................................................................................................................................... 83
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................... 84
Scan Photos and Graphics................................................................................................................. 85
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File .................................................................................. 88
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive......................................................................................... 91
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) .................................................................................................. 93
Scan to Email Attachment .................................................................................................................. 96
Scan to FTP ....................................................................................................................................... 99
Scan to Network (Windows) ............................................................................................................. 104
Scan to SharePoint .......................................................................................................................... 109
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) .............. 114
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)....................................................... 118
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ....................................................... 122
Configure Certificate for Signed PDF ............................................................................................... 123
Disable Scanning from Your Computer ............................................................................................ 124
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)........................................................................................................ 125
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) ....................................................................... 126
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)................................................................. 143
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications....................................... 159
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan ................................................................................................ 164
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)................................................................................................................ 168
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ............................................................................................ 169
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)........................................................................... 170
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac) ........................................................................................................... 172
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management......................................................................... 175
Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management................................................................ 176
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management .................................................... 177
Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 178
Copy a Document ...................................................................................................................................... 179
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images ............................................................................................................ 182
Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature ................................................................................. 183
Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 185
Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 186
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 188
Copy Options ............................................................................................................................................. 190
Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 193
Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 194
Send a Fax ....................................................................................................................................... 195
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF.................................................................................................... 197
Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 198
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 199
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 200
Send a Fax in Real Time .................................................................................................................. 202
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 203
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax......................................................................................................... 204
Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 206
Home > Table of Contents
ii
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 207
Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 208
Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 209
Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 210
Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 220
Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 227
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 233
Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 234
Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 236
Set up Groups for Broadcasting ....................................................................................................... 240
Combine Address Book Numbers ................................................................................................... 244
Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 245
Use BT Call Sign .............................................................................................................................. 246
Set the Telephone Line Type............................................................................................................ 248
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 250
External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 253
Multi-line Connections (PBX) ........................................................................................................... 260
Fax Reports................................................................................................................................................ 261
Print a Transmission Verification Report .......................................................................................... 262
Print a Fax Journal ........................................................................................................................... 263
PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 264
PC-FAX for Windows ....................................................................................................................... 265
PC-FAX for Mac .............................................................................................................................. 286
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive .................................................................................... 289
Compatible USB Flash Drives.................................................................................................................... 290
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage......................... 291
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows) ....................................................................................... 293
Network .............................................................................................................................................. 294
Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel .................................................................................. 295
Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 296
Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................. 297
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................... 298
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network .................................... 300
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network................................................... 301
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network.............................................................................. 302
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 303
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS).................................................................................................................................. 305
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard309
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast ........................ 312
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network .......................................................... 315
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
............................................................................................................................. 320
Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 334
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 335
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 336
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management ..................................... 339
Home > Table of Contents
iii
Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 342
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings......................................................................... 343
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 344
Lock the Machine Settings ......................................................................................................................... 345
Setting Lock Overview...................................................................................................................... 346
Network Security Features......................................................................................................................... 350
Before Using Network Security Features ......................................................................................... 351
Secure Function Lock 3.0................................................................................................................. 352
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS............................................................... 358
Send an Email Securely ................................................................................................................... 388
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network ............................................... 392
Store Print Log to Network ............................................................................................................... 397
Mobile/Web Connect......................................................................................................................... 403
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 404
Brother Web Connect Overview....................................................................................................... 405
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect............................................................................ 406
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 408
Set Up Brother Web Connect........................................................................................................... 412
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect............................................................. 421
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 422
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail ........................................................................................................ 425
Google Cloud Print..................................................................................................................................... 428
Google Cloud Print Overview ........................................................................................................... 429
Before Using Google Cloud Print ..................................................................................................... 430
Print from Google Chrome
™
or Chrome OS
™
................................................................................. 434
Print from Google Drive
™
for Mobile ................................................................................................ 435
Print from Gmail
™
Webmail Service for Mobile................................................................................ 436
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 437
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 438
Before Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................ 439
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 440
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)........................................................................................................... 443
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)................................................................................................. 444
Mobile Printing for Windows....................................................................................................................... 445
Mopria
®
Print Service................................................................................................................................. 446
Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices ..................................................................................................... 447
Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 448
ControlCenter .................................................................................................................................... 449
ControlCenter4 (Windows)......................................................................................................................... 450
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows) ............................................................ 451
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) ....................................................................... 453
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)................................................................. 454
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows) ....................................................... 455
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)....................................... 457
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac.................................................................................... 459
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview.................................................................................................................... 460
Home > Table of Contents
iv
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 461
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 462
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ..................................................................................... 472
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature .............................................................. 476
Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 478
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 479
Document is Jammed under the Document Cover .......................................................................... 480
Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF ...................................................................... 481
Paper Jams ................................................................................................................................................ 482
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray ...................................................................................................... 483
Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot ...................................................................................... 484
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 485
Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray ..................................................................................... 487
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine .................................................................................. 488
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine .............................................................................................. 490
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray.................................................................................. 492
Printing Problems....................................................................................................................................... 494
Improve the Print Quality............................................................................................................................ 497
Telephone and Fax Problems .................................................................................................................... 503
Set Dial Tone Detection.................................................................................................................... 506
Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems ............................................. 507
Network Problems...................................................................................................................................... 508
Error Messages ................................................................................................................................ 509
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows) ...................................................................... 512
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? ........................................................... 513
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration........................................................ 514
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network............................. 516
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly ................................................... 518
Google Cloud Print Problems..................................................................................................................... 519
AirPrint Problems ....................................................................................................................................... 520
Other Problems .......................................................................................................................................... 521
Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 523
Reset Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 524
Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 526
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 528
Replace Supplies ....................................................................................................................................... 529
Replace the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................................ 531
Replace the Drum Unit ..................................................................................................................... 535
Replace the Belt Unit........................................................................................................................ 540
Replace the Waste Toner Box .......................................................................................................... 544
Clean the Machine ..................................................................................................................................... 549
Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 551
Clean the LED Heads....................................................................................................................... 552
Clean the Touchscreen LCD ............................................................................................................ 553
Clean the Corona Wires ................................................................................................................... 554
Clean the Drum Unit......................................................................................................................... 557
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 566
Home > Table of Contents
v
Calibrate Colour Output ............................................................................................................................. 567
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings......................................................................................... 568
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration) ................................................................................ 569
Check the Remaining Part Life .................................................................................................................. 570
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 571
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts ......................................................................................................... 573
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 574
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 575
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 576
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 577
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut..................................................................................... 593
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 596
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 599
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 636
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ............................................................ 637
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup ........................................................................ 641
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 652
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 653
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .............................................................................................. 664
Supplies ..................................................................................................................................................... 666
Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life...................................................................................... 668
Information Regarding Recycled Paper ..................................................................................................... 669
Brother Numbers........................................................................................................................................ 670
Home > Table of Contents
vi
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Fire Hazard icons alert you to the possibility of a fire.
Hot Surface icons warn you not to touch hot machine parts.
Prohibition icons indicate actions you must not perform.
Bold Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, PowerPoint, Excel and OneNote are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, App Store, Mac, macOS, Safari, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries.
PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in
the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance
®
.
WPA, WPA2, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected Setup logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi
Alliance
®
.
Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google Play are
trademarks of Google LLC. Use of these trademarks is subject to Google Permissions.
Mopria
®
and the Mopria
®
Logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the
United States and other countries. Unauthorised use is strictly prohibited.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote is a trademark of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
The Bluetooth
®
word mark is a registered trademark owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. is under license.
WordPerfect is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the United States
and/or other countries.
PictBridge is a trademark.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
• Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
• Not all models are available in all countries.
• Windows 10 in this document represents Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
• Windows Server 2008 in this document represents Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
• In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/MFC-L3770CDW are
used unless otherwise specified.
• In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-L3770CDW are used unless otherwise specified.
• The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
• Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows 7 and macOS v10.12.x. Screens on
your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
• The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
• This documentation is both for MFC and DCP models.
• Not all features are available in countries subject to applicable export restrictions.
Related Information
• Before You Use Your Brother Machine
4
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a
document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when
the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing
when copying or fax receiving has finished.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
Firewall (Windows)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you
may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows Firewall and you installed the drivers
using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other
personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
6
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
The control panel may vary depending on your model.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1 52 3 4
6
1. Power On/Off
• Turn the machine on by pressing
.
• Turn the machine off by pressing and holding
. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on
for a few seconds before turning off.
2. Function Buttons
Copy/Scan Options
Press to access temporary settings for scanning or copying.
WiFi (for wireless models)
Press the WiFi button and launch the wireless installer on your computer. Follow the on-screen
instructions to set up a wireless connection between your machine and your network.
When the WiFi light is on, your Brother machine is connected to a wireless access point. When the WiFi
light blinks, the wireless connection is down, or your machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless
access point.
Scan
Press to switch the machine to Scan Mode.
2 in 1 (ID) Copy
Press to copy both sides of an identification card onto a single page.
7
3. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
If the machine is in Ready Mode or Copy Mode, the LCD displays:
□□■□□
ba
c
d
e
100% Auto
Stack Copies:01
a. Type of copy
b. Number of copies
c. Quality
d. Contrast
e. Copy ratio
4. Menu Buttons
Menu
Press to access the Menu for programming your machine settings.
Clear
• Press to delete entered data.
• Press to cancel the current setting.
OK
Press to store your machine settings.
a or b
Press to scroll up or down through menus and options.
5. Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
6. Start buttons
• Mono Start
- Press to start making copies in monochrome.
- Press to start scanning documents (in colour, grey, or monochrome depending on the scan setting).
• Colour Start
- Press to start making copies in full colour.
- Press to start scanning documents (in colour, grey, or monochrome depending on the scan setting).
8
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
41 2 3
5
1. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
2. Menu Buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Main Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
3. Dial Pad (Numerical buttons)
Press the Numerical buttons to dial telephone or fax numbers, and to enter the number of copies.
4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
5.
Power On/Off
• Turn the machine on by pressing
.
• Turn the machine off by pressing and holding down
. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few
seconds before going off. If you have an external telephone or TAD connected, it is always available.
Near Field Communication (NFC) (MFC-L3770CDW)
If your Android
™
device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to
your device by touching it to the NFC symbol.
9
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can select from two types of screens to set as the Main Home screen: Home screens and Shortcuts
screens. When a Home screen is displayed, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the other Home screens.
The Main Home screen displays the machine's status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this screen
indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
The available features vary depending on your model.
Home screen: Screen 1
The Home screens provide access to features, such as Fax, Copy, and Scan.
Home screen: Screen 2
11
Home screen: Screen 3
Shortcuts screen
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, and using Web
Connect.
Three Shortcuts tabs are available with six Shortcuts on each Shortcuts tab. A total of 18 Shortcuts are
available.
1. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2. Modes
•
[Fax]
Press to access Fax mode.
• [Copy]
Press to access Copy mode.
• [Scan]
Press to access Scan mode.
• [Secure Print]
Press to access the [Secure Print] option.
12
• [Web]
Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
•
[Apps]
Press to connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
• [USB]
Press to access the USB menu and select [Scan to USB] or [Direct Print] options.
3.
(Toner)
Displays the remaining toner life. Press to access the [Toner] menu.
4.
(Settings)
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
If Setting Lock has been turned on, a lock
icon appears on the LCD. You must unlock the machine to
change settings.
5. Wired LAN Status or Wireless Status
• Wired Network Models:
(Wired LAN Status)
Press to configure the Wired LAN settings.
The icon displays the current wired network status.
Network cable is connected
No cable connection
• Wireless Network Models:
or (Wireless Status)
Press to configure wireless settings.
If you are using a wireless connection, a four-level indicator displays the current wireless signal strength.
0 Max
Wireless LAN Disabled
6. [Shortcuts]
Press to access the [Shortcuts] screen.
7.
(Home screen)
Press to access the Home screens.
13
New Fax (MFC models)
When [Fax Preview] is set to [On], the number of new faxes you received into the memory appears at the
top of the screen.
Warning icon
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message. Press the message area to
view it, and then press to return to the Main Home screen.
NOTE
This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
14
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, swipe left, right, up, down or
press d c or a b on the LCD to scroll through them.
The following steps explain how to change a machine setting. In this example, the LCD Backlight setting is
changed from [Light] to [Med].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the LCD with a sharp object, such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT touch the LCD immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine. Doing this
may cause an error.
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [All Settings].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press [General
Setup].
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [LCD Settings] option, and then press [LCD
Settings].
15
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Press to view the current machine status on the LCD.
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
The available features vary depending on your model.
1. Toner
• Displays the remaining toner life.
• Press to access the [Toner] menu.
2. Network
• Press to set up a network connection.
• A four level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless signal strength if you are using a wireless
connection.
3. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
4. Screen Settings
Press to access the [Screen Settings] menu.
5. All Settings
Press to access a menu of all machine settings.
6. Tray Setting
Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
7. Eco Mode
Press to access the [Eco Mode] menu.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
17
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Set the Main Home Screen
Set the Main Home Screen
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can change the LCD to display a specific Home screen or Shortcut screen.
When the machine is idle or you press
, the touchscreen will return to the screen you set.
1. Press
[Settings] > [Screen Settings] > [Main Home Screen].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the screen settings, and then press the setting you want.
3. Press
.
The machine will go to your chosen screen.
Related Information
• Introduction to Your Brother Machine
18
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• (Windows 8)
Tap or click
(Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click
(Brother Utilities).
• (Windows 10)
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine (where XXXX is the name of your model).
3. Choose the operation you want to use.
19
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• (Windows 8)
Tap or click
(Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click
(Brother Utilities).
• (Windows 10)
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
• Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
21
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the Check Size setting is set to On and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears
on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper size and paper type. Change the paper size and paper
type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Press and slide the paper guides to fit the paper.
Press the green release levers to slide the paper guides.
3. Fan the stack of paper well.
4. Load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
When you use preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation. See Related Information: Change
Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray.
5. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
Overfilling the paper tray will cause paper jams.
25
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper
Tray > Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
When you use preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.
DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause
the paper to jam or misfeed.
Orientation
For 1-sided printing:
• face down
• top edge towards the front of the paper tray
For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding):
• face up
• bottom edge towards the front of the paper tray
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [2-sided]. Press OK.
c. Select [Single Image]. Press OK.
d. Select [2-sided Feed]. Press OK.
3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2-
sided Feed].
2. Press
.
Related Information
• Load Paper in the Paper Tray
27
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
You can load thin paper, thick paper, recycled paper, bond paper, glossy paper, labels, up to 30 sheets of plain
paper, or up to three envelopes in the MP tray.
• Load Paper in the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
• Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
• Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
• Printing Problems
• Error and Maintenance Messages
28
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
Paper in the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load Paper in the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
• Plain Paper
• Thin Paper
• Thick Paper
• Recycled Paper
• Bond Paper
• Glossy Paper
1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.
2. Open the MP tray and lower it gently.
3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
1
2
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
29
5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
1
• Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1).
• When using glossy paper, load only one sheet at a time in the MP tray to avoid a paper jam.
• When you use preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation. See Related Information:
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray.
• To remove a small printout from the output tray, use both hands to lift up the scanner cover as shown in
the illustration.
• You can still use the machine while the scanner cover is up. To close the scanner cover, gently push it
down with both hands.
Related Information
• Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
30
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
Paper in the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) > Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP
Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
When you use preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.
DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause
the paper to jam or misfeed.
Orientation
For 1-sided printing:
• face up
• top edge first
For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding):
• face down
• bottom edge first
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2-
sided Feed].
2. Press
.
Related Information
• Load Paper in the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
32
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
When the back cover (face up output tray) is pulled down, the machine has a straight paper path from the MP
tray through to the back of the machine. Use this paper feed and output method when you print on labels.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.
3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
1
2
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
33
1
Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1).
6. Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
7. Send your print job to the machine.
8. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
• Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
34
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
You can load up to three envelopes in the MP tray.
Before loading, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as possible.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. Pull down the two grey levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.
3. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.
4. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
35
1
2
5. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the envelopes that you are using.
6. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
1
Load up to three envelopes in the MP tray with the printing surface face up. Make sure the envelopes are
below the maximum paper mark (1). Loading more than three envelopes may cause paper jams.
7. Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.
Settings Options for Envelopes
Paper Size Com-10
DL
C5
Monarch
Media Type Envelopes
Env. Thick
Env. Thin
8. Send your print job to the machine.
9. When you have finished printing, return the two grey levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their
original positions.
10. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
36
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print
Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
• Plain Paper
• Thin Paper
• Thick Paper
• Recycled Paper
• Bond Paper
• Glossy Paper
1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.
2. Open the manual feed slot cover.
3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Using both hands, place one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
39
• Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
• To remove a small printout from the output tray, use both hands to lift up the scanner cover.
• You can still use the machine while the scanner cover is up. To close the scanner cover, gently push it
down with both hands.
5. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
6. After the printed page comes out from the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Repeat for each page that you want to print.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
40
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on
Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot.
2. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.
3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.
4. Using both hands, place one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
41
• Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Pull the paper out completely if you must reload the paper into the manual feed slot.
• Do not put more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam.
• Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
5. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
6. After the printed page comes out from the back of the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual
feed slot. Repeat for each page that you want to print.
7. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
42
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on
Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on
your computer at the same time.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot.
2. Pull down the two grey levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.
3. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.
4. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.
43
5. Using both hands, put one envelope in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed roller.
When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.
• Load the envelope into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up.
• Pull the envelope out completely when you reload the envelope into the manual feed slot.
• Do not put more than one envelope in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam.
• Make sure the envelope is straight and in the correct position on the manual feed slot. If it is not, the
envelope may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
6. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.
Settings Options for Envelopes
Paper Size Com-10
DL
C5
Monarch
Media Type Envelopes
Env. Thick
Env. Thin
7. After the printed envelope comes out of the machine, put in the next envelope. Repeat for each envelope that
you want to print.
8. When you have finished printing, return the two grey levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their
original positions.
9. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
• Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
44
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
When you change the size and type of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings on the LCD at the same time.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Paper Type] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [Thin Paper], [Plain Paper], [Thick Paper], or [Recycled Paper]
option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to display the [Paper Size] option, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display the [A4], [Letter], [Legal], [Executive], [A5], [A5(Long Edge)], [A6],
[Mexico Legal], [India Legal], or [Folio] option, and then press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Paper
Type].
2. Press the option you want.
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
4. Press
.
5. Press [Paper Size].
6. Press the option you want.
7. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
8. Press
.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
46
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing
Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Change the default tray the machine will use for printing copies, received faxes, and print jobs from your
computer.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Tray Use: Copy], [Tray Use: Fax], or [Tray Use:
Print] option, and then press the option you want.
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the option you want, and then press it. For example, when you
select the [MP>T1] option, the machine pulls paper from the MP tray until it is empty, and then from Tray 1.
4. Press
.
• When you make a copy using the ADF and give priority to multiple trays, the machine looks for the tray
with the most suitable paper and pulls paper from that tray.
• When you make a copy using the scanner glass, your document is copied from the higher priority tray
even if more suitable paper is in another paper tray.
• (MFC models) Use the following sizes of paper for printing faxes: Letter, A4, Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal,
or India Legal. When an appropriate size is not in any of the trays, the machine stores received faxes
and [Size Mismatch] appears on the touchscreen.
• (MFC models) If the tray is out of paper and received faxes are in the machine’s memory, [No Paper]
appears on the touchscreen. Load paper in the empty tray.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
47
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
When you turn on your machine's Check Size setting, the machine displays a message when you remove a
paper tray or load paper using the MP tray, asking if you changed the paper size and paper type.
The default setting is On.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Check Size] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Check
Size].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Paper Settings
48
Home > Paper Handling > Recommended Print Media
Recommended Print Media
To get the best print quality, we recommend using the paper listed in the table.
Paper Type Item
Plain Paper
Xerox Premier TCF 80 g/m
2
Xerox Business 80 g/m
2
Recycled Paper
Steinbeis Evolution White 80 g/m
2
Labels Avery laser label L7163
Envelopes Antalis River series (DL)
Glossy Paper
Xerox Colotech+ Gloss Coated 120 g/m
2
Related Information
• Paper Handling
49
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the ADF when copying or scanning multiple-page, standard-sized documents.
• The ADF can hold up to 50 pages and feed each sheet individually.
• Use standard 80 g/m
2
paper.
• Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT leave thick documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
• DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper-clipped, pasted, or taped.
• DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper, or fabric.
• To avoid damaging your machine while using the ADF, DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
147.3 mm to 355.6 mm
Width: 105 mm to 215.9 mm
Weight:
60 to 105 g/m
2
1. Unfold the ADF document output support flap.
2. Fan the pages well.
3. Stagger the pages of your document and load it face up and top edge first, into the ADF as shown in the
illustration.
4. Adjust the paper guides to fit the width of your document.
51
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Up to 300 mm
Width: Up to 215.9 mm
Weight: 2 kg
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document on the scanner glass face down.
3. Place the corner of the page in the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
4. Close the document cover.
If the document is a book or is thick, gently press on the document cover.
Related Information
• Load Documents
53
Home > Paper Handling > Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
The measurements in the table below show maximum unscannable and unprintable areas from the edges of the
most commonly-used paper sizes. These measurements may vary depending on the paper size or settings in the
application you are using.
1
3
24
Do not attempt to scan, copy, or print into these areas; your output will not reflect anything in these areas.
Usage Document Size Top (1)
Bottom (3)
Left (2)
Right (4)
Fax (Sending) Letter, Legal 3 mm 4 mm
A4 3 mm (ADF)
1 mm
(Scanner Glass)
3 mm
Copy
1
Letter, Legal 4 mm 4 mm
A4 4 mm 3 mm
Scan Letter 3 mm 3 mm
A4 3 mm 3 mm
Legal 3 mm 3 mm
Print Letter, Legal 4.2 mm 4.2 mm
A4 4.2 mm 4.2 mm
1
a 1 in 1 copy and 100% document size copy
Related Information
• Paper Handling
54
Home > Paper Handling > Using Special Paper
Using Special Paper
Always test paper samples before purchasing them to ensure desirable performance.
• DO NOT use inkjet paper; it may cause a paper jam or damage your machine.
• If you use bond paper, paper with a rough surface, or paper that is wrinkled or creased, the paper may exhibit
degraded performance.
Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
IMPORTANT
Some types of paper may not perform well or may cause damage to your machine.
DO NOT use paper:
• that is highly textured
• that is extremely smooth or shiny
• that is curled or warped
• that is coated or has a chemical finish
• that is damaged, creased or folded
• that exceeds the recommended weight specification in this guide
• with tabs and staples
• with letterheads using low temperature dyes or thermography
• that is multipart or carbonless
• that is designed for inkjet printing
If you use any of the types of paper listed above, they may damage your machine. This damage is not
covered under any Brother warranty or service agreement.
Related Information
• Paper Handling
55
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Print a Document (Windows)
• Print Settings (Windows)
• Secure Print (Windows)
• Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language
Emulation) (Windows)
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
57
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print a Document (Windows)
Print a Document (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
5. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
6. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
7. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
8. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
9. Change other printer settings, if needed.
10. Click OK.
11. Complete your print operation.
58
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print Settings (Windows)
Print Settings (Windows)
Basic Tab
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of
copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of
copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
4. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
60
5. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
6. Colour / Mono
Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
• The machine’s colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white
background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve
colour toner, select Mono mode.
• If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour
document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job
again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
7. Document Type
Select the type of document you want to print.
Settings button
Specify advanced settings, such as colour mode and other settings.
Colour Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
Import
To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished
adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, import those settings as a print
configuration file. Use the Export option to create a print configuration file from the current settings.
Export
To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished
adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, export those settings as a print
configuration file. Use the Import option to load a previously exported configuration file.
Improve Grey Colour
Select this option to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Enhance Black Printing
If a black graphic does not print correctly, select this setting.
Improve Pattern Printing
Select this option to improve the pattern printing if printed fills and patterns are different from the fills
and patterns you see on your computer screen.
8. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
9. 2-sided / Booklet (Available only for certain models)
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
61
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
10. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
First Page
Select the paper source to use for printing the first page.
Other Pages
Select the paper source to use for printing the second and subsequent pages.
Advanced Tab
1. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
62
2. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
3. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
4. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
5. Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but are
still legible.
6. Secure Print
This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the
machine's control panel.
7. Administrator
This feature allows you to change the administrator password and restrict various printing functions.
8. User Authentication
This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
9. Other Print Options button
Sleep Time
Select this option to set the machine to enter sleep mode immediately after printing.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Skip Blank Page
Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from
printing.
TrueType Mode
Mode
Select how the fonts are processed for printing.
Use Printer TrueType Fonts(Available only for certain models)
Select whether to use built-in fonts for the font processing.
Eco settings
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Print a Document (Windows)
63
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Secure Print (Windows)
Secure Print (Windows)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on
the machine's control panel.
• The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field.
5. Select the Secure Print check box.
6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
You must set a separate password for each document.
7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed.
8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window.
9. Click OK.
10. Complete your print operation.
11. On the machine's control panel, press Menu.
12. Press a or b to display the [Secure Print] option, and then press OK.
13. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
14. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press OK.
15. Enter your four-digit password, and then press OK.
16. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK.
17. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
18. Press OK.
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field.
5. Select the Secure Print check box.
6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
64
You must set a separate password for each document.
7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed.
8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window.
9. Click OK.
10. Complete your print operation.
11. On the machine's control panel, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the [Secure Print] option,
and then press [Secure Print].
12. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
13. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the print job, and then press it.
14. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK].
15. Enter the number of copies you want.
16. Press [Start].
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
65
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers.
• For Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
• To configure the tray settings, click the Device Settings tab(Available only for certain models).
• To change the printer port, click the Ports tab.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
66
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer
Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation) (Windows)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
Language Emulation) (Windows)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript
®
data more clearly.
To install the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver), launch the Brother installation disc, select Custom in the
Select Machine section, and then select the PS Driver check box.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Layout, Paper/Quality, or Secure Print tab to change basic print settings. (Available only for
certain models)
Click the Layout or Paper/Quality tab, and then click the Advanced... button to change advanced print
settings.
4. Click OK.
5. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
67
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your
Computer (Windows)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices,
allowing you to get immediate notification of errors.
• Do one of the following:
- Double-click the
icon in the task tray.
- (Windows 7)
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows 8)
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows 8.1)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click
(if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen). When the Apps
screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status
Monitor.
- (Windows 10)
Click
> Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Looking for replacement supplies?
Click the Looking for replacement supplies? button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Windows)
• Printing Problems
• Calibrate Colour Output
68
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field.
5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
7. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
8. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using.
9. Change other printer settings, if needed.
10. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
• Print Options (Mac)
70
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print Options (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
71
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided (Available only for certain models)
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
72
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies
you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen
before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Pages to Print
Select which pages you want to print (even pages or odd pages).
3. Page Order
Select the page order.
4. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
5. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
6. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected
paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the
paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
73
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Color / Mono
Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
• The machine’s colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white
background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve
colour toner, select Mono mode.
• If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour
document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job
again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
4. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
5. Advanced
Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but
are still legible.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Quiet Mode
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
74
Other Print Options
Skip Blank Page
Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from
printing.
Color Settings
1. Color Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to select the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to
improve its sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending
on the size of the image and the specifications of your computer.
75
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Secure Print (Mac)
Secure Print (Mac)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on
the machine's control panel.
• The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear.
4. Select the Secure Print check box.
5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password.
6. Click Print.
7. On the machine's control panel, press Menu.
8. Press a or b to display the [Secure Print] option, and then press OK.
9. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
10. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press OK.
11. Enter your four-digit password, and then press OK.
12. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK.
13. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
14. Press OK.
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear.
4. Select the Secure Print check box.
5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password.
6. Click Print.
7. On the machine's control panel, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the [Secure Print] option,
and then press [Secure Print].
8. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
9. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the print job, and then press it.
10. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK].
11. Enter the number of copies you want.
12. Press [Start].
77
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver
(PostScript
®
3
™
language emulation) (Mac)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript
®
3
™
language emulation) (Mac)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript
®
data more clearly.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download
the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver).
• Make sure you have added the BR-Script3 printer driver from Printers & Scanners in the System
Preferences list on your Mac.
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select your machine.
4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field.
5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
7. Click the print options pop-up menu, and then click Printer Features.
The Printer Features options appear.
8. Click the Print Quality pop-up menu, and then select the print quality.
9. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using.
10. Select the Auto, Color, or Mono option for the Color / Mono print setting.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
79
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer
(Mac)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device, allowing you to get
immediate notification of error messages, such as paper empty or paper jam, at preset update intervals. You can
also access Web Based Management.
1. Click the System Preferences menu, select Printers & Scanners, and then select your machine.
2. Click the Options & Supplies button.
3. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
Status Monitor starts.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the
icon. You can
set the interval at which the software updates machine status information. Click Brother Status Monitor in
the menu bar, and then select Preferences.
Web Based Management (Network Connection Only)
Access the Web Based Management System by clicking the machine icon on the Status Monitor screen.
You can use a standard Web Browser to manage your machine using HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol).
Related Information
• Print from Your Computer (Mac)
• Printing Problems
• Calibrate Colour Output
80
Home > Print > Cancel a Print Job
Cancel a Print Job
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Stop/Exit.
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold Stop/Exit for four seconds.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
.
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold for about four seconds.
Related Information
• Print
• Printing Problems
81
Home > Print > Test Print
Test Print
If there are problems with print quality, follow these instructions to do a test print:
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Printer] option, and then press OK.
3. (For Printer Emulation Supported models)
Press a or b to display the [Print Options] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Test Print] option, and then press OK.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine prints a Test Print page.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [Print Options] > [Test Print].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Print
• Improve the Print Quality
82
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Scan Photos and Graphics
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
• Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
• Scan to Email Attachment
• Scan to FTP
• Scan to Network (Windows)
• Scan to SharePoint
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
• Disable Scanning from Your Computer
84
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Image] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four-digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• To change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected
to the machine.
8. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired
option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
85
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to Image] .
3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [Brightness]
• [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
86
• [Auto Deskew]
• [Skip Blank Page]
• [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK].
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
87
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as
a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [File] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four-digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• To change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected
to the machine.
8. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired
option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
88
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to File] .
3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [Brightness]
• [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• [Auto Deskew]
89
• [Skip Blank Page]
• [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK].
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
90
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a USB
Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Scan documents directly to a USB flash drive.
1. Load your document.
2. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to USB].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then select the button you want to change. Follow the
machine's instructions.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press [Factory Reset], and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Brightness]
• [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• [File Name]
• [File Name Style]
91
• [File Size]
• [Auto Deskew]
• [Skip Blank Page]
• [Skip Blank Page Sensitivity]
• [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK].
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the USB
flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the USB
flash drive.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
92
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File
(OCR)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [OCR] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four-digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• To change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected
to the machine.
8. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired
option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
93
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to OCR] .
3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
• [Brightness]
• [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
94
• [Auto Deskew]
• [Skip Blank Page]
• [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK].
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
95
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Email Attachment
Scan to Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email application.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [E-mail] option, and then press OK.
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer.
6. Press OK.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four-digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and
then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the
next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
• To change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected
to the machine.
8. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired
option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Scan Type]
• [Resolution]
96
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to E-mail] .
3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press
[OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to
the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
• Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long Edge
2-sided Scan: Short Edge
6. Select the scan settings you want to change:
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Scan Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Scan Settings]
97
• [Brightness]
• [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• [Auto Deskew]
• [Skip Blank Page]
• [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
• If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK].
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut].
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
98
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP
Scan to FTP
Scan documents directly to an FTP server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to FTP destinations.
• Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
99
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Set up a Scan to
FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to an FTP location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make
sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the FTP option, and then click Submit.
100
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Host Address field, type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64 characters) or the
IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
9. Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server. The default for this setting is port 21. In
most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
10. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write data to the FTP
server.
11. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
12. In the Store Directory field, type the path to the folder on the FTP server where you want to send your
scanned data. Do not type a slash mark at the beginning of the path (see example).
101
13. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or
from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you
select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example:
"Estimate_098765.pdf").
14. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
15. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
16. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
17. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list.
18. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
19. Set the Passive Mode option to off or on depending on your FTP server and network firewall configuration.
The default setting is on. In most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
20. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
102
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Upload Scanned
Data to an FTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
Share scanned information by saving it to your FTP server.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
(Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to FTP] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP server is successful, the
machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to FTP] .
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to FTP
103
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows)
Scan to Network (Windows)
Scan documents directly to a CIFS server on your local network. For added convenience, you can configure
different profiles to save your favourite Scan to Network destinations.
• Set up a Scan to Network Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
104
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows) > Set
up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to a folder on a CIFS server.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure
that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the Network option, and then click Submit.
105
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Network Folder Path field, type the path to the folder on the CIFS server where you want to send your
scanned data.
9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or
from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you
select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example:
"Estimate_098765.pdf").
10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list.
14. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
15. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On.
16. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field.
17. To set your authentication method, select Auto, Kerberos, or NTLMv2 from the Auth. Method menu.
18. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the folder
specified in the Network Folder Path field. If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one
of the following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
19. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
20. To set the Kerberos Server Address manually, in the Kerberos Server Address field, type the Kerberos
Server Address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
21. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
22. You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) or you must set the date, time and time zone
correctly on the control panel for all authentication methods. The time must match the time used by the
Kerberos Server and CIFS Server.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
• Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
106
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows) > Set
up a Scan to Network Profile > Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Make sure the date and time and the time zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the
control panel, so the machine's time matches the time being used by the server providing authentication.
Ignore step 1, if you already have a Web Based Management window open.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Administrator tab.
3. Click the Date&Time menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Date fields, enter the date.
5. Select the clock type from the Clock Type field.
6. In the Time fields, enter the time.
7. Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list, for example,
the time zone for Eastern time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
8. In the Auto Daylight field, click On to set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time. It
will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the autumn (available only for some
countries).
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Set up a Scan to Network Profile
107
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network
(Windows) > Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to Network] .
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to Network (Windows)
108
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint
Scan to SharePoint
Scan documents directly to a SharePoint server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to SharePoint destinations.
• Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile
• Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint Server
109
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint > Set up a
Scan to SharePoint Profile
Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile
Set up a Scan to SharePoint Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to a SharePoint location.
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make
sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the SharePoint option, and then click Submit.
110
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the SharePoint Site Address field, Copy and Paste the full destination address shown in the address bar
of your browser (for example: http://SharePointSiteAddress/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx) or
the IP address (for example: http://192.168.0.1/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx).
9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or
from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you
select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example:
"Estimate_098765.pdf").
10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
111
12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list.
14. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
15. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On.
16. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field.
17. To set your authentication method, select Auto, NTLMv2, Kerberos, or Basic from the Auth. Method menu.
If you choose Auto, the authentication method will be detected automatically.
18. In the Username field, type the user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the
folder specified in the SharePoint Site Address field. If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user
name in one of the following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
19. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
20. To set the Kerberos Server Address manually, in the Kerberos Server Address field, type the Kerberos
Server Address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
21. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
• Scan to SharePoint
112
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint > Upload
Scanned Data to a SharePoint Server
Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint Server
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [to SharePoint] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to SharePoint].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If
the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality
or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to
complete the scanning job.
Related Information
• Scan to SharePoint
113
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10 users to scan using a Brother
machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
• Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8, and
Windows 10)
• Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8 and
Windows 10)
• Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
114
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for
Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
• You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
• The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC
Address / Ethernet Address)).
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
• Windows 8/Windows 10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or (Remove device).
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
115
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Scan Using Web Services from the Brother
Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows 7,
Windows 8 and Windows 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu
on your Brother machine's LCD.
Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language
settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press (Scan).
3. Press a or b to select the [Web Service] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want to do, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the destination computer where you want to send the scan, and then press OK.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [WS Scan].
3. Select the type of scan.
4. Select the computer name you want to send data.
5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan or Windows Photo Gallery
from the list.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
116
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10) > Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• Windows 10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for
scanning, and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit....
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast
settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
• Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8 and Windows 10)
117
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows)
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Device Scan Settings button.
The Device Scan Settings dialog box appears.
4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
5. Change the settings as needed.
6. Click OK.
Each tab represents one of the scanning destinations, as outlined in the table below.
Change your Scan to settings by clicking on the corresponding tab and customising the setting you want.
Tab Name Corresponding Feature
Image Scan to Image
OCR Scan to OCR
E-mail Scan to Email
File Scan to File
118
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder or Scan Location Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
119
• Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
• True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
• 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
• Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
• Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
• Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
• Auto Deskew
Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Scan Photos and Graphics
120
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan
settings.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Scan Photos and Graphics
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
• Scan to Email Attachment
122
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Configure Certificate for Signed
PDF
Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
If you select Signed PDF for Scan features, you must configure a certificate on your machine using Web Based
Management.
To use Signed PDF, you must install a certificate on your machine and your computer.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Administrator tab.
3. Click the Signed PDF menu in the left navigation bar.
The Signed PDF configuration dialog box appears.
4. Click the Select the Certificate drop-down list, and then select the certificate.
5. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
123
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Disable Scanning from Your
Computer
Disable Scanning from Your Computer
You can disable the ability to scan from your computer. Set the pull scan setting using Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan from PC menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Pull Scan field, click Disabled.
5. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
124
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favourite scanning application.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
•
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
• Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
125
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
126
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the document's Scan Size, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Do one of the following:
• Click
(Save) to save scanned data.
• Click
(Print) to print scanned data.
• Click
(Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click
(Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click
(OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
127
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
128
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Select the Document Type option that matches the type of original you want to scan.
Option Description
Photo 600 x 600 dpi 24bit Colour
Text and Graph 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White
Custom 300 x 300 dpi (24bit Colour as default) Select the scan settings you want from the
Custom Settings button.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
129
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows)
Select Custom in the Document Type list to change advanced scan settings.
• Select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
You can change the following settings:
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory
and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
- Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
- Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
- Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
- True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
- 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8
million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
130
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to
set the Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
2-sided Scanning (MFC-L3770CDW)
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan
feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout
of your original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
- Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
• Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
- Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
- Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
- Auto Deskew
Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Related Information
• Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
131
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
132
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Crop a Scanned Image Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the
Zoom In and Zoom Out tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar
1. Restart
Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window
Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In
Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out
Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit
Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the Crop and Edit button, and then change the frame to contain
the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter
Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different
page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.
If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or
right arrow buttons in the preview window.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click
(Crop and Edit) to edit the scanned image.
The Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4 window appears.
133
a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
b. Zooms in on the image.
c. Zooms out of the image.
d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees.
f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped.
3. Click OK.
The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
134
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are
available in ControlCenter4.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click Print.
a
c
b
a. Shows which images are currently selected.
b. Click the Properties button to change specific printer settings.
c. Select the Paper Size, Media Type and Layout options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue
square.
3. Configure the print settings, and then click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
135
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows) > Scan to an Application Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
The Open with an Application button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Click the Open with an Application button.
10. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click OK.
The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
136
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Click Save.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
137
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click
, and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the Change button, if needed.
11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
12. Click OK.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
138
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Under Document Type, select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Configure other Custom Scan Settings, if needed.
8. Click OK.
9. Click
(Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
10. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
11. Do one of the following:
• Click
(Save) to save scanned data.
139
• Click (Print) to print scanned data.
• Click
(Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click (Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
140
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Settings Applicable Features
Open with an Application OCR Send E-mail Save
File Type - Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name - - - Yes
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority - - Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Send E-mail and Save
• Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
• JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
• TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
• TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
• Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
• PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
• Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models)
For OCR
• HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
• HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
• Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
• RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
• WordPad (*.rtf)
• WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
• Text (*.txt)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
141
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings
Select the Custom option, click the Custom Settings button, and then change settings.
Scan Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
142
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
• Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
143
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the Image button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
144
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
145
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
146
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click
, and then type the password.
6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and colour, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
147
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the button for the setting you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning.
You have now changed the default settings for your selected Scan to action. These settings will be used the next
time one of the scan options (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) is selected for this action.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
148
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
149
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the ID Card Scan check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click OK.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and colour, if needed.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side.
10. Click Finish.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
150
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email application.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the E-mail button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
151
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a
new, blank email message.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
152
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced
Mode (Windows)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the OCR button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
153
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
Related Information
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
154
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Location or Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
PreScan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Continuous Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
2-sided Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Image, Email and File
• Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
• JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
• TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
• TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
• Portable Network Graphics (*.png)
• PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
• High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
155
• XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows 7, Windows 8
and Windows 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
For Email and File
• Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
• Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models)
For OCR
• HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
• HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
• Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
• RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
• WordPad (*.rtf)
• WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
• Text (*.txt)
• Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
• Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
PreScan
Select PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
• Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
156
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
• True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
• 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning (MFC-L3770CDW)
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature,
you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your
original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
- Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
• Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
• Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
• Display Scanning Results
Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
• Auto Deskew
Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
157
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other
Windows Applications
Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
You can use the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application for scanning.
• To download the Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE application, click (Brother Utilities), select Do More in
the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.
• Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10.
• For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort
™
14SE. For other Windows applications, the
steps will be similar. PaperPort
™
14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort
™
14SE.
Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Using your computer, click
(Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
• Windows 8
Click
(PaperPort).
• Windows 10
Click
> Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select.
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-
XXXX LAN (where XXX-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother
driver that has "WIA" as the prefix.
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
159
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
10. Click PreScan if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
• TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
160
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other
Windows Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
• Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Contrast option is available only when selecting the Grey (Error Diffusion), True Grey, or 24bit
Colour options from the Scan Type settings.
1. Scan
Select the Photo, Web, or Text option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Resolution Scan Type
Photo Use for scanning photo images. 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Web Use for attaching the scanned
image to web pages.
100 x 100 dpi 24bit Colour
Text Use for scanning text
documents.
200 x 200 dpi Black & White
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
• True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
• 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
161
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document
size.
5. Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set
the brightness level.
6. Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
in the field to set the contrast level.
7. 2-sided Scanning
Scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the
Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option from the 2-sided Scanning drop-down list, so when you
turn the pages, they are facing the way you want.
(MFC-L3770CDW)
8. Advanced Settings...
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings... button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
• Document Correction
- Auto Deskew
Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically as the pages are scanned.
- Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
- Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected colour and range.
- Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
• Image Quality
- Background Processing
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
• Remove Background Colour
162
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
- Colour Drop
Select a colour to remove from the scanned image.
- Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper.
- Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the 24bit Colour option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
• B&W Image Quality
- Character Correction
• Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
• Boldface Formatting
Emphasise the characters of the original by making them bold.
• Feed Control
- Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
Related Information
• Scan Using Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE or Other Windows Applications
163
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Windows Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
• Windows Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
• If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows Fax and Scan.
3. Click File > New > Scan.
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use
the Scanner Utility software from Brother Utilities.
If your machine supports 2-sided Scan and you want to scan both sides of your document, select Feeder
(Scan both sides) as Source.
7. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning the document.
164
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows) > Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan > WIA Driver
Settings (Windows)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
Paper source
Select the Document Feeder or Flatbed option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type)
Select Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text , or Custom Settings for the type
of document you want to scan.
To change advanced settings, click the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture link.
Page size
The Page size option is available if you select the Document Feeder as the Paper source option.
166
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in
the field to set the contrast level.
Resolution (DPI)
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution (DPI) list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Related Information
• Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
167
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
There are several ways you can use your Mac to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the
software applications provided by Brother or your favourite scanning application.
• Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
• Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
• TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
• Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
168
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
• Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
• Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
169
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see
the manual for your application.
To use Brother TWAIN Driver, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Scanner Driver (TWAIN).
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation.
The scanner setup dialog box appears.
2. Change the scan settings, such as Resolution, Scan Type, or Adjust Image, if needed.
3. Click the Document Size pop-up menu, and then select your document size.
4. Click the PreScan option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
• After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and
dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
• To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot adjust the scanning area.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
5. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
170
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
• Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Contrast setting is available only when selecting Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color from the Scan Type options.
1. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
• Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
• True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
172
• 24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
• If you select Custom, you can specify the document size.
4. Adjust Image
Click the Adjust Image button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to
set the brightness.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is
available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi
scan resolutions.
5. 2-sided Scanning
If you select this check box, the machine scans both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-
sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on
the layout of your original, to make sure the created data file appears correctly.
(Available only for certain models)
173
Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan File Name Using
Web Based Management
Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management
Set up a file name for scanned data using Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan File Name menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the File Name Style from the drop-down list.
5. If you selected the option to include the date in File Name Style field, select the Date format from the drop-
down list.
6. In the Time fields, select On to include the time information in the file name.
7. In the Counter field, select Continuous or Reset after each job.
When you select Reset after each job, duplication of file names may occur.
8. If you want to create a user-defined file name prefix, type a file name in the user-defined fields of each scan
function.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, or * may cause a sending error.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
176
Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan Job Email Report
Using Web Based Management
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
When you scan a document, the machine will send a scan job email report automatically to the registered email
address.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan Job e-mail report menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Administrator Address field, type the email address.
5. For the scan functions you want, select On to send a scan job email report.
6. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
177
Home > Copy > Copy a Document
Copy a Document
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF. (available only for certain models)
(If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
3. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
The LCD displays:
□□■□□
100% Auto
Stack Copies:01
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
179
2. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF.
(If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
3. Press [Copy].
The LCD displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
•
(Number of copies)
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
- Press or on the LCD.
- Press the numbers on the control panel.
• [Options]
Press
to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
180
- When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
- After you have finished choosing new options, you can save them by pressing the [Save as
Shortcut] button.
• Quick Copy
Press > to access the preset copy settings.
• Current setting
Press the following icons or display area to change these settings for the next copy only. The icon
displayed varies depending on the model.
-
[Enlarge/Reduce]
-
[Density]
-
[Tray Use]
-
[2-sided Copy]
-
[Quality]
-
[Contrast]
5. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
To stop copying, press .
Related Information
• Copy
181
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want, and then press OK.
• If you select [Custom(25-400%)], press a or b to enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%]
to [400%] and then press OK.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options] > [Enlarge/Reduce].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want.
6. Do one of the following:
• If you select [Enlarge] or [Reduce], press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use.
• If you select [Custom(25-400%)], press (backspace) to erase the displayed percentage, or press
d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25] to [400].
Press [OK].
• If you selected [100%], go to the next step.
7. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
8. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
Related Information
• Copy
182
Home > Copy > Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Off(1 in 1)], [2 in 1 (P)], [2 in 1 (L)], [4 in 1 (P)] or [4 in 1
(L)], and then press OK.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
7. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the
[Yes] option.
8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
183
Option Description
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
6. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
7. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
• Copy
184
Home > Copy > Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [Stack/Sort], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select [Sort], and then press OK.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
7. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the
[Yes] option.
8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
6. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
• Copy
185
Home > Copy > Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
You may copy an identification card only to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed
information, see the Product Safety Guide.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Place an identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
1
1 4.0 mm or greater (top, left)
2. Press 2 in 1 (ID) Copy.
3. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine scans one side of the identification card.
5. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start to scan the other side.
186
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
1
1: Distance 4.0 mm or greater (top, left)
2. Press
[Copy].
3. Press > on the touchscreen, and then select [2in1(ID)].
4. Enter the number of copies.
5. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
The machine scans one side of the identification card.
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card.
7. Press [Continue] to scan the other side.
Related Information
• Copy
187
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
• You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
• The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
• To use the automatic 2-sided copy feature, you must load your document in the ADF.
• When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
• Select A4 sized paper when using the 2‑sided copy option.
Portrait
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
Landscape
2–sided to 2–sided
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
1
2
1
2
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
188
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
3. Press Copy/Scan Options.
4. Press a or b to select [2-sided], and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display [Layout Long] or [Layout Short], and then press OK.
6. Select flip on long edge or flip on short edge, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to display [2sided → 2sided] or [1sided → 2sided], and then press OK.
8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
9. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the
[Yes] option.
10. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
NOTE
• For 2-sided scan models: Load your 2-sided document in the ADF. If you use the scanner glass for
your 2-sided document, select the [1-sided⇒2-sided] option.
• For 1-sided scan models: Load your 2-sided document to the scanner glass.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies.
4. Press [Options] > [2-sided Copy].
5. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document, press [2-sided⇒2-sided].
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided⇒2-sided].
6. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
7. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• For a 2-sided document, turn the sheet over along the long edge to scan the other side.
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
• Copy
189
Home > Copy > Copy Options
Copy Options
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
To change Copy settings, press the Options or Copy/Scan Options button.
Menu selections
Options
Enlarge/Reduce
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio for the next copy.
• If you select Custom(25-400%), use the dial pad, or press a or b to
enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
2-sided
(available only for certain models)
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
Quality
Select the copy quality for your type of document.
Contrast
Increase the contrast to make an image clearer.
Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued.
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
190
Menu selections Options
Page Layout
Make N in 1 copies.
4 in1
Auto Deskew
Set the machine to automatically correct skewed copies.
Colour Adjust
Change the default setting for colour saturation.
Remove Bkg Clr
Select to remove the background colour of the document when copying.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
To change the Copy settings, press [Options].
Menu selections
Options
Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the
next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next
copy.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction
ratio.
Density
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Tray Use
Select a paper tray for the next copy.
2-sided Copy
Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
2-sided → 2-sided
1
2
1
2
The available options will vary depending on your model.
2-sided Copy Page Layout
(available for certain settings)
Select long edge binding or short edge binding.
Quality
Select the copy quality for your type of document.
191
Menu selections Options
Contrast
Increase the contrast to make an image clearer.
Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued.
Stack/Sort
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
1
2
2
Sort
2
1
2
1
Page Layout
Make N in 1 copies.
4 in1
Auto Deskew
Set the machine to automatically correct skewed copies.
Colour Adjust
Change the default setting for colour saturation.
Remove Background Colour
Select to remove the background colour of the document when copying.
Related Information
• Copy
192
Home > Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
• Send a Fax
• Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
• Send a Fax Manually
• Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
• Send a Fax in Real Time
• Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
• Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
• Cancel a Fax in Progress
• Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
• Fax Options
194
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following:
• Place the document face up in the ADF.
(If you are faxing multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
• Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
2. Press [Fax].
3. Enter the fax number.
• Using the dial pad
Press the digits to enter the fax number.
• Using the Address Book
Press
[Address Book], and then do one of the following:
- Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want, and then press it.
195
- Press [Search], and then enter the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to dial.
When finished, press [Apply].
• Using the call history
Press
[Call History], and then press the [Outgoing Call] option.
Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the fax number you want, and then press it.
To send a fax, press [Apply].
4. Press [Fax Start].
The machine scans and sends the document.
If you placed the document on the scanner glass, follow the instructions in the table.
Option Description
Yes
To scan the next page, press the Yes option, and then place the next page on the scanner glass.
Press OK to scan the page.
No
After you have scanned the last page, press the No option.
The machine sends the document.
To stop faxing, press , and then press .
Related Information
• Send a Fax
196
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
You must select a 2-sided scanning format before sending a 2-sided fax. Select either Long Edge or Short Edge,
depending on the layout of your document.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax] > [Options] > [2-sided Fax].
3. Do one of the following:
• If your document is flipped on the Long edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Long Edge] option.
• If your document is flipped on the Short edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Short Edge] option.
4. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
5. Enter the fax number.
6. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
197
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialling, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax].
3. Pick up the handset of the external telephone.
4. Dial the fax number you want to call.
5. When you hear the fax tone, press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
6. Pick up the handset of the external telephone and listen for a dial tone.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
198
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and then to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
4. Replace the handset of an external telephone.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
199
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
• The same broadcast can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually dialled numbers.
• Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
• Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialling.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as
250 different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax] > [Options] > [Broadcasting].
3. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number] and enter a number using the LCD.
Press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want
to add to the broadcast. Select the check boxes of the broadcast. After you select all the numbers you
want, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Press the name and press [OK]. Press the name, and then
press the number you want to add.
4. When finished, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start]. After the broadcast is finished, the machine will print a broadcast report to let you know
the results.
• The machine’s available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the
numbers used for broadcasting. If you broadcast to the maximum number available, you will not be able
to use dual access and delayed fax.
• If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press
or [Quit] to stop the job. If more than one
page has been scanned, press [Send Now] to send the portion that is in the machine's memory.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
• Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
200
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
1. Press
.
2. Press
.
3. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast].
• To cancel the current job, press the name or number being dialled on the LCD.
• To exit without cancelling, press
.
Related Information
• Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
201
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the
telephone line is free, the machine starts dialling and sending. If you want to send an important document
immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].
• If the memory is full and you are sending a fax from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time
(even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]). If the memory is full, faxes from the scanner glass cannot be
sent until you clear some of the memory.
• In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
• If [Real Time TX] is set to on, the option to scan 2-sided documents is not available.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax] > [Options] > [Real Time TX].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
5. Enter the fax number.
6. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
202
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax] > [Options] > [Delayed Fax] > [Delayed Fax].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Set Time].
5. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent (in 24-hour format), and then press [OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
6. Press [OK].
7. Enter the fax number.
8. Press [Fax Start].
9. Press
.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
203
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can add a cover page to the next fax or every outgoing fax.
• This feature will not work unless you have programmed your Station ID.
• Your cover page includes your Station ID, a comment, and the name stored in the Address Book.
1. Load your document.
2. Press
[Fax] > [Options] > [Coverpage Setup] > [Coverpage Setup].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Coverpage Note].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to choose the comment you want to use, and then press the comment.
Press .
6. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
7. Enter the fax number.
8. Press [Fax Start].
The cover page will be added to the next fax. If you want to add the cover page to every outgoing fax, set the
settings as the new default.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
• Create a Cover Page Message
204
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax > Create a Cover Page Message
Create a Cover Page Message
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can create one or two custom cover page messages to add to outgoing faxes.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Send] > [Coverpage Note].
2. Press [5] or [6] to store your customised message.
3. Enter the cover page message using the LCD. Press [OK].
Press
to choose numbers, letters or special characters.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
205
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press .
2. Press
while the machine is dialling or sending a fax.
The LCD will display [Cancel Job?].
3. Press an option in the table to cancel or continue the fax job in progress.
Option Description
Yes
The machine cancels sending the fax job.
No
The machine exits from the process without cancelling the fax job.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
206
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can cancel a fax job before it is sent, by cancelling the fax job while it is stored and waiting in the memory.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs, and then press the job you want to
cancel.
3. Press [Cancel].
4. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
5. When finished cancelling jobs, press
.
Related Information
• Send a Fax
207
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Fax Options
Fax Options
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option
Description
Fax Resolution
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
2-sided Fax
(For automatic 2-sided scanning models)
Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Glass Scan Size
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Broadcasting
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Delayed Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Real Time TX
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Coverpage Setup
Set the machine to automatically send a pre-programmed cover
page.
Overseas Mode
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Set New Default
Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
Related Information
• Send a Fax
208
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
• Receive Modes Overview
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring)
• Set Fax Detect
• Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
• Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
• Set the Fax Receive Stamp
• Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
210
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Some receive modes answer automatically (Fax Only Mode and Fax/Tel Mode). You may want to change the
Ring Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only Mode
([Fax Only] in the machine's menu)
Fax Only Mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel Mode
([Fax/Tel] in the machine's menu)
Fax/Tel Mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognising whether they are fax or voice calls and
handling them in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the call. The F/T ring is a fast pseudo/double-ring
made by your machine.
Manual Mode
([Manual] in the machine's menu)
Manual Mode turns off all automatic answering operations unless you are using the BT Call Sign feature.
To receive a fax in Manual Mode lift the handset of the external telephone connected to the machine.
When you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the buttons in the table to receive a fax. Use the Fax
Detect feature to receive faxes when you have lifted a handset on the same line as the machine.
Applicable Models
To receive the fax
Touchscreen LCD models
> Fax Start > Receive
External TAD Mode
([External TAD] in the machine's menu)
External TAD Mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
211
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You must choose a Receive Mode depending on the external devices and telephone services you have on your
line.
By default, your machine will automatically receive any faxes that are sent to it. The diagram below will help you
select the correct mode.
Do you want to use the telephone feature of your machine (if available), an external
telephone or external telephone answering device connected on the same line as
the machine?
No
Fax Only Mode
Yes
Are you using the voice message function of an external telephone answering
device?
Yes
External TAD Mode
No
Do you want the machine to answer fax and telephone calls automatically?
Yes
Fax/Tel Mode
No
Manual Mode
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].
• (U.K. only) If you cannot change the [Receive Mode], make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to
Off.
2. Press [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
• Telephone and Fax Problems
212
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in
the Ring Delay option.
• The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in the Fax Only and
Fax/Tel Modes.
• If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, choose the maximum
number of rings.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay].
2. Press the number of rings you want.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
• Telephone and Fax Problems
213
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When you set the Receive Mode to Fax/Tel Mode, if the call is a fax, your machine will automatically receive it.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (fast double-ring) for the time you set in the F/T
Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
• The F/T Ring Time feature works when you set Fax/Tel Mode as the Receive Mode.
Because the F/T ring is made by the machine, extension and external telephones will not ring; however, you can
still answer the call on any telephone.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time].
2. Press how long you want the machine to ring to alert you that you have a voice call.
3. Press
.
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
214
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set Fax Detect
Set Fax Detect
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If Fax Detect is On: The machine receives a fax call automatically, even if you answer the call. When you
see [Receiving] on the LCD or when you hear “chirps” through the handset you are using, just replace
the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Fax Detect is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call by lifting the handset, press the
buttons in the following table to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension or external telephone,
press *51.
Applicable Models
To receive the fax
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
> Fax Start > Receive
• If this feature is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension
or external telephone handset, press the remote activation code *51.
• If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Fax Detect to [Off].
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Detect].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
215
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you enable the auto reduction function, the machine reduces each page of an incoming fax to fit on your paper.
The machine calculates the reduction ratio by using the page size of the fax and your Paper Size setting.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
216
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Related Models: MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Your machine prints received faxes on both sides of the paper when [2-sided] is set to [On].
• Use A4 size paper (60 to 105 g/m
2
) for this function.
• When 2-sided printing is enabled, incoming faxes are automatically reduced to fit the paper in the paper
tray.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [2-sided].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
217
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can set the machine to print the received date and time at the top centre of each received fax page.
• Make sure you have set the current date and time on the machine.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
218
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone
Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on
a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax
before you both hang up.
Your machine's ADF must be empty.
1. Ask the other party to place the document in their machine and to press the Start or Send key.
2. When you hear the CNG tones (slowly repeating beeps), press [Fax Start].
If the machine is in Automatic Redial, wait until it is finished and try again.
3. Press [Receive] to receive a fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
• Receive Mode Settings
219
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only
one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
• Fax Forwarding
• Fax Storage
• PC-Fax Receive
• Forward to Cloud
The machine forwards your received faxes to online services.
• Off
• Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
• Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
• Change Memory Receive Options
• Turn Off Memory Receive
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
220
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Fax Forward].
3. Do one of the following:
• Press [Manual] to enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 characters) using the LCD.
Press [OK].
• Press [Address Book].
Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll until you find the fax number or email address where you want
your faxes to be forwarded.
Press the fax number or email address you want.
• Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On], the
machine also prints a copy of received faxes at your machine.
4. Press .
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
221
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax
messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your
machine will print a backup copy of each stored fax.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press [Fax Storage].
Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On], the
machine also prints a copy of received faxes at your machine.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
222
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If received faxes are in your machine's memory when you change the Remote Fax operations, the LCD will ask
you one of the following questions:
If received faxes have been printed automatically, the LCD displays [Erase all documents?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the LCD displays [Print all faxes?]
• Do one of the following:
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward] or [Fax Storage]).
• Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked
if you want to turn on Backup Print.
The LCD displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
223
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The LCD displays options if there are received faxes still in your machine's memory.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
224
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can still print a fax from the memory when you are at your machine.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Document].
2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
• Error and Maintenance Messages
225
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows only)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then
send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
To transfer the received faxes to your computer you must have the PC-FAX Receiving software running on
your computer.
Even if you have turned off your computer (at night or on the weekend, for example), your machine will receive
and store your faxes in its memory.
When you start your computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers your faxes to
your computer automatically.
If you selected [Backup Print: On], the machine will also print the fax.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
3. Press [OK], and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
• PC-Fax Receive is not available for the Mac operating systems.
• If you get an error message and the machine cannot print the faxes in the memory, you can use this
setting to transfer your faxes to your computer.
4. Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network, and then
press [OK].
5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Memory Receive Options
226
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote
access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
• Set a Remote Access Code
• Use Your Remote Access Code
• Remote Retrieval Commands
• Forward Faxes Remotely
• Change the Fax Forwarding Number
227
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
Before you can use the remote access and retrieval features, you must set up your own code. The factory
default code is the inactive code (---*).
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] to [9], [*] or [#] using the LCD (the preset '*' cannot be
changed), and then press [OK].
• DO NOT use the same code used for your Remote Activation Code (*51) or Remote Deactivation Code
(#51).
• To make your code inactive, press and hold
to restore the inactive setting (---*), and then press
[OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
228
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Dial your fax number from a telephone or another fax machine using touch tone.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *).
3. The machine signals if it has received messages:
• One long beep -- Fax messages
• No beeps -- No messages
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
• The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
• The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. Press 9 0 to reset the machine when you are finished.
6. Hang up.
• This function may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
229
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the
system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the
options (column 2) for that command.
Remote
commands
Options Operation details
95 Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax
Storage settings
1 OFF You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all
your messages.
2 Fax Forwarding One long beep means the change is accepted. If
you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a
change because something has not been set up
(for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not
been registered). You can register your Fax
Forwarding number by entering 4. After you
register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
96 Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to
receive stored fax messages.
3 Erase faxes from memory If you hear one long beep, fax messages have
been erased from memory.
97 Check the receiving status
1 Fax Check whether your machine has received any
faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not,
you will hear three short beeps.
98 Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD One long beep means the change has been
accepted.
2 Fax/Tel
3 Fax Only
90 Exit Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long
beep, then hang up.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
230
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another
machine.
You must turn on Fax Storage to use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the number of the remote fax machine where you
want your fax messages sent, followed by # # (up to 20 digits).
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause.
5. Hang up after you hear your machine beep. Your machine will call the other fax machine, which will then print
your fax messages.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
231
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can change your fax forwarding number from another touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You will hear one long beep.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause.
5. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when you have finished.
6. Hang up after you hear your machine beep.
Related Information
• Remote Fax Retrieval
232
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (fast double-ring) to alert you to pick up a voice
call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press the button in the following table to
answer:
Applicable Models
To pick up voice call
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Pickup
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring, and then press #51 between the fast
double-rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the machine by
pressing *51.
Related Information
• Voice Operations
235
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit].
b. Press [Add New Address].
c. Press [Name].
d. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters), and then press [OK].
e. Press [Address].
f. Enter the fax or telephone number using the LCD (up to 20 digits), and then press [OK].
g. Press [OK].
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
• Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
237
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book
Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.
1. Press
[Fax] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters).
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Address Book Numbers
238
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit].
2. Do one of the following:
• Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and
then press [OK].
- To change the fax or telephone number, press [Address]. Enter the new fax or telephone number
(up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
How to enter text:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press
.
Enter the new character.
• To delete numbers, press [Delete].
- Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display a red check mark,
and then press [OK].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Store Fax Numbers
239
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book allows you to send the same fax message to many fax
numbers.
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number.
Applicable Models
Maximum number of Group Maximum numbers in a large
Group
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
20 groups 199 numbers
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a red checkmark, and then press
[OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have chosen, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
• Change a Broadcasting Group Name
• Delete a Broadcasting Group
• Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
240
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
How to change the stored name:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press
.
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Groups for Broadcasting
241
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Delete a
Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Groups for Broadcasting
242
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name.
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Add/Delete] option, and then press [Add/Delete].
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
• To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
• To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
Related Information
• Set up Groups for Broadcasting
243
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Combine Address Book Numbers
Combine Address Book Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Sometimes you may want to choose from several long-distance carriers when you send a fax. Rates may vary
depending on the time and destination. To take advantage of low rates, you can store the access codes of long-
distance carriers and credit card numbers as Address Book numbers.
You can store these long dialling sequences by dividing them and setting them up as separate Address Book
numbers in any combination. You can even include manual dialling using the dial pad.
For example: You might have stored '01632' and '960555' in your machine as shown in the following table.
Applicable Models
'01632' stored in '960555' stored in
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Address Book: Brother 1 Address Book: Brother 2
You can use them both to dial '01632-960555' by using the following procedure.
1. Press
[Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number of Brother 1.
3. Press the number.
4. Press [Apply].
5. Press [Address Book].
6. Press [OK].
7. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number of Brother 2.
8. Press the number.
9. Press [Apply].
10. Press [Fax Start].
The machine will dial '01632-960555'.
To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the LCD. For
example, to change the number to '01632-960556', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 01632) using
Address Book, press [Apply], and then press 960556 using the LCD.
If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialling sequence, create a pause in the
number by pressing [Pause].
Related Information
• Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
244
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign
Use BT Call Sign
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
This feature of the machine lets you use the BT Call Sign subscriber service which allows you to have at least
two separate telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number has its own distinctive ringing
pattern, so you know which telephone number is ringing. This is one way you can have a separate telephone
number for your machine.
Your machine has a BT Call Sign compatible distinctive ringing function, allowing you to dedicate a second
telephone number (on the same telephone line) just for receiving faxes.
• This feature is available only in the U.K.
• You can switch BT Call Sign Off temporarily, then turn it back on. When you get a new fax number,
make sure you reset this function. This machine will automatically answer incoming calls that use your
new fax number.
• When you set the BT Call Sign feature to On, the receive mode is set to [Manual] automatically.
[Manual] mode will not respond to incoming telephone calls, since the number you use for telephone
calls will use the normal ring pattern.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign
246
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign > Enable the Machine to Work
with BT Call Sign
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
• This feature is available only in the U.K.
• This feature will only work with your external phone.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [BT Call Sign].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
If you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in Manual mode. You will need to set the receive mode again.
Related Information
• Use BT Call Sign
247
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type
Set the Telephone Line Type
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are connecting the machine to a line that features PBX or ISDN to send and receive faxes, you must select
a Telephone Line Type that matches your line's features.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Phone Line Set].
2. Press [Normal], [PBX], or [ISDN].
3. If you selected [PBX], do the following steps:
a. Press [On] or [Always].
• If you select [On], the machine dials a prefix number before the fax number only when [R] is pressed.
• If you select [Always], the machine always dials a prefix number before the fax number.
b. Press [Dial Prefix].
c. Enter the prefix number using the LCD, and then press [OK].
• Use the numbers 0 to 9, #, * and !. You cannot use ! with any other numbers or characters.
4. Press .
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• PBX and TRANSFER
248
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type > PBX and
TRANSFER
PBX and TRANSFER
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
The machine's [Phone Line Set] default setting is [Normal], which lets the machine connect to a standard
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) line. However, many offices use a central telephone system or
Private Branch Exchange (PBX). Your machine can be connected to most types of PBX. The machine's recall
feature supports timed break recall only (TBR). TBR will work with most PBX systems allowing you to gain
access to an outside line, or transfer calls to another extension. To use this feature, press the button in the table.
Applicable Models
To use the machine's recall feature
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
R
Program a press of the button in the table as part of a number stored in the Address Book (One Touch Dial
and Speed Dial in some models). When programming the Address Book number (One Touch Dial number
and Speed Dial number in some models), press the button first (the LCD displays ‘!’), then enter the
telephone number. This avoids having to press the button each time before you dial from the Address Book
(One Touch Dial or Speed Dial). Your Telephone Line Type must be set to PBX on the machine to use this
programming.
Related Information
• Set the Telephone Line Type
249
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it
hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice
message and the LCD will show [Telephone].
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your
machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will
send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your
external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
1
1
(Example for U.K.)
1 TAD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
• Connect an External TAD
• Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
250
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone
provider. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
2. Record an outgoing message on your external TAD.
3. Set the TAD to answer calls.
4. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
251
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Record 5 seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for fax
tones.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
NOTE
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial 5 second silence because the machine cannot hear
fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving
faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
Related Information
• External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
252
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
• Connect an External or Extension Telephone
• Operation from External and Extension Telephones
• Use Extension Telephones
• If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
• Use the Remote Codes
253
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
1
2
(Example for U.K.)
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
Please make sure you use an external telephone with a cable no more than three metres long.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
254
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you answer a fax call at an extension or an external telephone, you can make your machine take the call by
using the Remote Activation Code. When you press the Remote Activation Code *51, the machine starts to
receive the fax.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an
extension telephone by pressing the Remote Deactivation Code #51.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD displays [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Fax Detect feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
255
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use
Extension Telephones
Use Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Your premises may already be wired with parallel extension telephones, or you may plan to add extension
telephones to your line, as well as your machine. While the simplest arrangement is a straightforward parallel
connection, there are some problems with this. The most obvious is inadvertent interruption of a fax transmission
caused by someone picking up an extension telephone to make an outgoing call. Also, the remote activation
code feature may not operate reliably in such a simple configuration.
This machine may also be set to make a delayed transmission (i.e. a transmission at a preset time). This preset
job may coincide with someone picking up an extension handset.
These problems can easily be eliminated, if you arrange modification of your extension wiring circuit, such that
extension devices are connected “downstream” of your machine in a master/slave configuration (see figure 2). In
this configuration the machine can always detect whether a telephone is in use. Thus it will not attempt to seize
the line during that time. This is known as “telephone off-hook detection.”
The inadvisable configuration is shown in figure 1, and the recommended master/slave configuration is shown in
figure 2.
This new connection configuration can be arranged by contacting BT, Kingston upon Hull Telecommunications,
your PBX maintainer or a qualified telephone installation company as appropriate. Simply explained, the
extension telephone circuit should be terminated on a normal modular plug (BT 431A style), which in turn should
be put into the modular socket of the white “T”-shaped connector provided as part of the line cord assembly.
Inadvisable connection of extension sockets (Figure 1.)
FAX
1 2
1
3
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
Recommended connection of extension sockets (Figure 2.)
FAX
1
1
2
3
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
The fax machine must be plugged into the master socket.
These telephones are now connected as external devices, because they are connected to the fax machine
via the T-connector.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
256
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > If You Use
a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your non-Brother cordless telephone is connected to the telephone line cord and you typically carry the
cordless handset elsewhere, it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay.
If you let the machine answer first, you must go to the machine so you can press [Pickup] or Tel/R to transfer
the call to the cordless handset.
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
257
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Remote Activation Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension or external telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing
the Remote Activation Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds, and then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
buttons in the following table:
Applicable Models
To make the machine receive the fax
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Fax Start and then Receive
Remote Deactivation Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (fast double-ring) after
the initial ring delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by pressing
#51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and fast double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing the button in the following table:
Applicable Models
To pick up voice call
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Pickup
Related Information
• External and Extension Telephones
• Change the Remote Codes
258
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
The preset Remote Activation Code is *51. The preset Remote Deactivation Code is #51. If you are always
disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes using the
numbers 0-9, *, #.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the Remote Activation Code, press [Act.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press [OK].
• To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press [Deact.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
• If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
• To turn off (or turn on) the Remote Codes, press [Remote Codes], and then press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Use the Remote Codes
259
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line
system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the
machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by
a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual].
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
• Telephone Services and External Devices
260
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Transmission Verification Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving
party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent,
and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
On
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On (+Image)
Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Error only
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only (+Image)
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off
Your Brother machine does not print any reports after sending faxes.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [XMIT Report].
2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On].
3. Press
.
If the transmission is successful, OK appears next to RESULT on the Transmission Verification Report. If the
transmission is not successful, NG appears next to RESULT.
Related Information
• Fax Reports
262
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Fax Journal
Print a Fax Journal
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7
days).
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period] >
[Journal Period].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select an interval, and then press it.
• Every 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected time and then erase all reception and transmission log
data from its memory. If the machine's memory becomes full with 200 log data before the time you
selected has passed, the machine will print the Journal early and then erase all jobs from the memory. If
you want an extra report before it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the log data from the
memory.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 reception and transmission log data.
3. If you selected every 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time to start printing (in 24-
hour format) using the LCD, and then press [OK]. (For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
4. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every Tuesday], [Every
Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or [Every Sunday] option,
and then press the first day of the 7-day countdown.
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Fax Reports
263
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure PC-FAX
(Windows)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalise the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft account can have its own customised User Information screen for custom fax headers and
cover pages.
• Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
• Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
3. Click OK.
267
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalise your Brother Address Book.
• Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
• Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
269
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother
PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
3. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the Name field is required.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
270
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
3. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
4. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >>.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
5. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
271
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to edit.
3. Click
(Properties).
4. Change the member or group information.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
272
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to delete.
3. Click
(Delete).
4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
273
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or Remote
Setup Dial Data and save it on your computer.
• You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Export.
3. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
• vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field,
and then click Save.
• Remote Setup Dial Data
Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the File name field, and
then click Save.
274
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >>.
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
275
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > PC-FAX Overview (Windows) > Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or Remote Setup Dial Data into your
Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Import.
3. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
• vCard
Go to step 7.
• Remote Setup Dial Data
Go to step 7.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >>.
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import
text file.
276
5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
• Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
277
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour
and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
• Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax
number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
• Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click to create or edit a
cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
• To cancel the fax, click Cancel.
• To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.
Related Information
• PC-FAX for Windows
278
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed
when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected machines.
• PC-FAX Receive supports only monochrome faxes.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother
machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this
application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup
Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before
the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
• Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
• View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
280
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software
runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Confirm the message and click Yes.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The
(PC-FAX Receive) icon also appears in your computer task
tray.
Related Information
• Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
• Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
• Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
281
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows) >
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the SharePoint server and select the option to upload automatically or manually
(available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
282
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows) >
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
• If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already
be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Click Device > Add.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the Enter your
PC display name (Max 15 Characters) field.
6. Click OK.
Related Information
• Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
283
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows) > Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Receiving Status
Icon
Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, click
in the right top corner of the window to close it.
284
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac > Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and
the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a document in a Mac application.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Send Fax option.
4. Click the Output pop-up menu, and then select the Facsimile option.
5. Type a fax number in the Input Fax Number field, and then click Add.
The fax number is displayed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
287
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
You can print photos directly from digital camera media or a USB flash drive.
Supported file types are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, XPS, and PRN.
• Compatible USB Flash Drives
• Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage
• Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows)
289
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible USB Flash Drives
USB Class USB Mass Storage Class
USB Mass Storage Sub Class SCSI or SFF-8070i
Transfer protocol Bulk transfer Only
Format
1
FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Sector size Max. 4096 Byte
Encryption Encrypted devices are not supported.
Related Information
• Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
1
NTFS format is not supported.
290
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital
Camera Supporting Mass Storage
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting
Mass Storage
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
• Make sure your digital camera is turned on.
• Your digital camera must be switched from PictBridge mode to mass storage mode.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to your machine, DO NOT connect any device other than a digital camera or USB flash
drive to the USB direct interface.
USB port location (Front View)
1. Connect your USB flash drive or digital camera to the USB direct interface. The touchscreen will
automatically display the USB menu to confirm the USB flash drive or digital camera is correctly connected.
• If an error occurs, the USB menu will not appear on the touchscreen.
• When the machine is in Deep Sleep mode, the touchscreen does not display any information even if
you connect a USB flash drive to the USB direct interface. Press the touchscreen to wake up the
machine.
• If your machine has been set to Secure Function Lock On, you may not be able to access Direct Print.
2. Press [Direct Print].
3. Swipe up or down, or press a or b to display the file you want to print, and then select the file.
To print an index of the files, press [Index Print] on the touchscreen. Press [Mono Start] or
[Colour Start] to print the data.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Print Settings]. Go to the next step.
• If you want to use the default settings, enter the number of copies, and then press [Mono Start] or
[Colour Start].
5. Select the print settings you want to change:
• [Paper Type]
• [Paper Size]
• [Multiple Page]
291
• [Orientation]
• [2-sided]
• [Collate]
• [Tray Use]
• [Print Quality]
• [PDF Option]
Depending on the file type, some of these settings may not appear.
6. Press [OK].
7. Enter the number of copies you want.
8. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] to print the data.
9. Press
.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive or digital camera from the USB direct interface until the machine
has finished printing.
Related Information
• Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
292
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows)
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
These instructions may vary depending on your print application and operating system.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select your model, and then select the print to file option.
3. Complete your print operation.
4. Enter the required information to save the file.
If the computer prompts you to enter a file name only, you can also specify the folder where you want to
save the file by typing the directory name (for example: C:\Temp\FileName.prn).
If a USB flash drive is connected to your computer, you can save the file directly to the USB flash drive.
Related Information
• Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
293
Home > Network
Network
• Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel
• Supported Basic Network Features
• Network Management Software and Utilities
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• Advanced Network Features
• Technical Information for Advanced Users
294
Home > Network > Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel
Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel
To configure the machine for your network, use the control panel's [Network] menu selections.
• For information about the network settings you can configure using the control panel, see Related
Information: Settings Tables.
• You can also use management utilities, such as BRAdmin Light (Windows), BRAdmin Professional
(Windows), Web Based Management and Remote Setup, to configure and change your Brother
machine's network settings.
Remote Setup is not available for DCP models.
See Related Information: Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the network option you want, and then press OK. Repeat this step until you access the
menu you want to configure, and then follow the LCD instructions.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network].
2. Press a or b to display the network option you want, and then press it. Repeat this step until you access the
menu you want to configure, and then follow the touchscreen LCD instructions.
Related Information
• Network
• Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
• Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
• Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
• Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
• Supported Basic Network Features
295
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which
network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems Windows 7
Windows 8
Windows 10
Windows Server
2008/2008 R2/2012/2012
R2/2016
macOS v10.11.6
macOS v10.12.x
macOS v10.13.x
Printing Yes Yes Yes
Scanning Yes Yes
PC Fax Send (Available only
for certain models)
Yes Yes
PC Fax Receive (Available
only for certain models)
Yes
BRAdmin Light
1
Yes Yes
BRAdmin Professional
1
Yes Yes
Web Based Management
1
Yes Yes Yes
Remote Setup
1
(Available
only for certain models)
Yes Yes
Status Monitor Yes Yes
Driver Deployment Wizard Yes Yes
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of BRAdmin Light.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
download the latest version of BRAdmin Professional.
Related Information
• Network
1
The default login password to manage machine settings is initpass. We recommend you change it to protect your machine from
unauthorised access.
296
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
• Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
• Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
297
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
BRAdmin Light (Windows)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download
BRAdmin Light.
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily
disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
BRAdmin Professional is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This
utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read Windows
Explorer-style screen that changes colour to identify the status of each device. You can configure network and
device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows computer on your LAN. BRAdmin Professional can
also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data. For users who want to monitor
locally-connected machines, install the Print Auditor Client software on the client computer. This utility allows you
to use BRAdmin Professional to monitor machines that are connected to a client computer via the USB interface.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of BRAdmin Professional.
• Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional window. The default node
name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
• If using Windows Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily
disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows and Mac) (Available only for certain models)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows or a Mac
application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically downloaded to your
computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
Windows
This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection.
Mac
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
download the Remote Setup.
• This utility can be used with a USB connection.
Related Information
• Network Management Software and Utilities
298
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
• Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel
Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
• Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
•
Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
300
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
• If you are using an enterprise wireless network, you must know the User ID and Password.
• To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between
the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only),
only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
If you do not know the security information (for example, Network Name (SSID) and Network Key), consult
the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
301
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
1. Turn on your computer and insert the Brother installation disc into your computer.
• For Windows, follow these instructions:
• For Mac, click Driver Download to go to the Brother Solutions Center. Follow the on-screen instructions
to install printer drivers.
2. The opening screen appears automatically.
Choose your language, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
If the Brother screen does not appear, do the following:
• (Windows 7)
Go to Computer. Double-click the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
• (Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Click the
(File Explorer) icon on the taskbar, and then go to Computer (This PC). Double-click
the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
• If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Choose Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi), and then click Next.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
302
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from
your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WPS] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
6. When the LCD displays [Press Key on rtr], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router.
Then follow the LCD instructions on your machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless
access point/router and try to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the touchscreen displays [Start WPS on your wireless access point/router, then
press [OK].], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press [OK] on your
machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your
wireless network.
303
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
304
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar:
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar:
305
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WPS w/PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
6. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
7. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
8. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
9. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
306
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows 10
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your
network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after
the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver & Software
Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer
or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
10. Select your machine and click Next.
11. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
12. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
13. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
307
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your
network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after
the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver & Software
Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer
or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
308
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's
Control Panel Setup Wizard
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have
your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
- Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
- The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
- If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want.
8. Press OK.
309
9. Do one of the following:
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the WEP key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
• If your WLAN access point/router supports WPS, [WPS is available] appears. To connect your
machine using the automatic wireless mode, press a. (If you choose [No], enter the Network Key you
wrote down in the first step.) When [Press WPS on rtr] appears, press the WPS button on your
WLAN access point/router, and then press a twice.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have
your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
a. Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
b. The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
c. If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Interner provider.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
310
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs.
If a list of SSIDs is displayed, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the SSID to which you want to
connect, and then press the SSID.
5. Press [OK].
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
When you have entered all the characters, press [OK].
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
311
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not
Broadcast
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
8. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
9. Select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK.
10. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK.
11. Do one of the following:
312
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [None] or [WEP],
and then press OK.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption Type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES], and then press OK.
Enter the WPA
™
key, and then press OK.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
12. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
13. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a
or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
313
6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
7. Select the Authentication Method.
8. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press the Encryption type [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, select and enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, select and enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA
™
key, and then press [OK].
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
• I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
314
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
315
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
• If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK.
c. Select [Setup Wizard]. Press OK.
4. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard.
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
7. Select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK.
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
Enter the Password, and then press OK.
• If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, press a or b to select the Inner
Authentication Method [NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP], and then press
OK.
Depending on your Authentication Method, the Inner Authentication Method selections differ.
Press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press OK.
Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and
then press OK.
- If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if required),
and then press OK for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and the Password, and then press OK for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine will display the message [No
Verification].
• If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES],
and then press OK.
When the machine displays a list of available Client Certificates, select the certificate you want.
Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and
then press OK.
- If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press OK for
each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
316
10. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
11. The machine will attempt to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
317
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
• If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a
or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
7. Select the Authentication Method.
8. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press [OK]. Enter the Password, and then
press [OK].
• If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method
[NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
• If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK]
for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for
operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads
page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
318
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance
®
. It allows you to
configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android
™
device, Windows device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports
wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS). You can
also configure a wireless network by manually setting an SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi
Direct feature supports WPA2
™
security with AES encryption.
2
1
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network, only one connection
method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or
a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the
same time.
• The Wi-Fi Direct-supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the G/O serves as an access point.
Related Information
• Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
321
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
322
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network
environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment:
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 2
No Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method.
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method.
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 4
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually.
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS).
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS).
To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using Wi-
Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be
running Android
™
4.0 or greater.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
323
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
7. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK. To
search for available devices again, select [<Rescan>], and then press OK.
8. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press
.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again
by pressing [Rescan].
325
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
8. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select the [Push Button] option. Press [Push Button].
4. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press
.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
327
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
7. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [Input PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in
your Brother machine. Press OK to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK. To
search for available devices again, select [<Rescan>], and then press OK.
8. Do one of the following:
• Follow the machine's instruction to display the PIN on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile
device, and then go to the next step.
• Follow the machine's instruction to enter the PIN displayed by your mobile device in your Brother
machine. Press OK, and then go to the next step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press Stop/Exit on your Brother machine. Go back to the
first step and try again.
9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
329
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press
.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press [OK] to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again
by pressing [Rescan].
4. Do one of the following:
• Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile
device. Go to the next step.
• Press [Input PIN Code] to enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine, and then
press [OK]. Go to the next step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press
on your Brother machine. Go back to the first
step and try again.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
330
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
8. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
9. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [Input PIN Code]
appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine.
10. Press OK.
11. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option. Press [PIN Code].
4. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears, activate your
mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) and
then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press
.
331
5. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in to the machine. Press [OK].
6. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
332
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct
®
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Manual] option, and then press OK.
5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network.
6. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
7. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
3. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
• Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
• Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
333
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
• Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
• If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
• You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
- IP address: 192.168.0.5
- Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
- Node name: BRN000ca0000499
- MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Network Config] option, and then press OK.
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
• Access Web Based Management
335
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code
on the printed report.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK.
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report].
2. Press [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
3. Press
.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
• Advanced Network Features
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
336
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN Report Error
Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01 The wireless setting is not activated, change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of
your machine to ON.
TS-02 The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
• Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug
it back in.
• If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/
encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as
necessary.
This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
TS-03
The wireless network and security setting you entered may be incorrect. Reconfirm the wireless
network settings.
If you do not know this information, ask your network administrator.
TS-04 The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are
not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption method of the wireless access point/router. Your
machine supports the following authentication methods:
• WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
• WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
• Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
• Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
TS-05
The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-06 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
337
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-07 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access
point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try
starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router or ask your network administrator.
TS-08
Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
• Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active
and try again.
• Try starting again after few minutes in order to avoid effects from other access points.
Related Information
• Print the WLAN Report
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
• Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
338
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is used to synchronize the time used by the machine for
authentication with the SNTP time server. (This is not the time displayed on the machine's LCD.) You can
automatically or manually synchronize the machine's time with the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) provided
by the SNTP time server.
• Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
• Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
339
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure date and time to synchronize the time used by the machine with the SNTP time server.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click Date&Time in the left navigation bar.
Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list. For
example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
6. Verify the Time Zone settings.
7. Select the Synchronize with SNTP server check box.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
340
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by
the SNTP time server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
9. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings.
10. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
Option
Description
Status Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Synchronization Status Confirm the latest synchronization status.
SNTP Server Method Select AUTO or STATIC.
• AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will
obtain the address from that server automatically.
• STATIC
Type the address you want to use.
Primary SNTP Server Address
Secondary SNTP Server Address
Type the server address (up to 64 characters).
The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the
primary SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable,
the machine will contact the secondary SNTP server.
Primary SNTP Server Port
Secondary SNTP Server Port
Type the port number (1-65535).
The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary
SNTP server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will
contact the secondary SNTP port.
Synchronization Interval Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts
(1-168 hours).
11. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
341
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to the Factory
Settings
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all
information, such as the password and IP address.
• This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
• You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using BRAdmin Light, BRAdmin Professional,
or Web Based Management.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Network Reset] option, and then press OK.
4. Follow the machine's instruction to reset the network settings.
The machine will restart.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to confirm.]
appears. Press [OK] for two seconds to confirm.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
• Technical Information for Advanced Users
343
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password,
you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother customer service.
• Setting Lock Overview
345
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview
Setting Lock Overview
Use the Setting Lock feature to block unauthorised access to machine settings.
When Setting Lock is set to On, you cannot access the machine settings without entering the password.
• Set the Setting Lock Password
• Change the Setting Lock Password
• Turn Setting Lock On
346
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Set the Setting Lock Password
Set the Setting Lock Password
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
4. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
5. Press OK.
6. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
7. Press OK.
8. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock].
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
3. Press [OK].
4. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the password.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press
.
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
347
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Change the Setting Lock
Password
Change the Setting Lock Password
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Set Password] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter the current four-digit password.
6. Press OK.
7. Enter a new four-digit password.
8. Press OK.
9. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password.
10. Press OK.
11. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Set
Password].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
4. Enter a new four-digit password.
5. Press [OK].
6. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the password.
7. Press [OK].
8. Press
.
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
348
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Turn Setting Lock On
Turn Setting Lock On
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK.
4. Press OK when the LCD displays [On].
5. Enter the current four-digit password.
6. Press OK.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Lock
Off⇒On].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
Related Information
• Setting Lock Overview
349
Home > Security > Network Security Features
Network Security Features
• Before Using Network Security Features
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Send an Email Securely
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
• Store Print Log to Network
350
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your Brother machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today.
These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and
prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the Telnet, FTP server and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these
protocols is not secure.
Related Information
• Network Security Features
351
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Brother's Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your Brother
machine.
• Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
• Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
352
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Before Using Secure Function
Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all
of the functions listed here.
You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management
or BRAdmin Professional (Windows):
• Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud Print
™
and Brother iPrint&Scan.
If you register users' login names in advance, the users do not need to enter their passwords when they use
the print function.
• Color Print
• Copy
• Scan
Scan includes scan jobs sent via Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Send (supported models only)
• Receive (supported models only)
• USB Direct Print
• Scan to USB (supported models only)
• Web Connect (supported models only)
• Apps (supported models only)
• Page Limits
• Page Counters
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
353
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Restriction Management or User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu in the left navigation bar.
9. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name.
10. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed.
11. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field.
12. Click Submit.
13. Click the User List menu in the left navigation bar.
14. In the User List field, type the user name.
15. In the PIN Number field, type a four-digit password.
16. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user.
17. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
354
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Scan Using Secure Function
Lock 3.0
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Setting Scan restrictions (for administrators)
Secure Function Lock 3.0 allows an administrator to restrict which users are allowed to scan. When the Scan
feature is set to Off for the public user setting, only users who have the Scan check box selected will be able to
scan.
Using the Scan feature (for restricted users)
• To scan using the machine's control panel:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel to access Scan mode.
• To scan from a computer:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel before scanning from their computers.
If the PIN is not entered on the machine's control panel, an error message will appear on the user's computer.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
355
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Public Mode for
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users.
Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode
settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via Google Cloud Print
™
, Brother iPrint&Scan, and CUPS driver (Mac).
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Restriction Management or User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
9. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed.
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
• Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
356
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Additional Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset
Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file
Click Export to CSV file, to export the current page counter including User List / Restricted Functions
information as a CSV file.
Last Counter Record
Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Counter Auto Reset
Click Counter Auto Reset to configure the time interval you want between page counter reset. Choose a
daily, weekly, or monthly interval.
Related Information
• Secure Function Lock 3.0
357
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
• Certificates and Web Based Management
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
• Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
358
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over
a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network,
so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it.
SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such
as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
• Brief History of SSL/TLS
• Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
359
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers
and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little
padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as
Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design
intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit
card numbers, customer records, etc.
SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
360
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS on Brother machines is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by
restricting unauthorised users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be
used to print confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing
wage slips on a regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other
network users. However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and
not the actual wage slip.
Related Information
• Introduction to SSL/TLS
361
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management
Certificates and Web Based Management
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked Brother machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must
use Web Based Management to configure a certificate.
• Supported Security Certificate Features
• Create and Install a Certificate
• Manage Multiple Certificates
362
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your Brother machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure management,
authentication, and communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with
the machine:
• SSL/TLS communication
• SSL communication for SMTP
• IEEE 802.1x authentication
The Brother machine supports the following:
• Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate protects your communication up to a certain level. We recommend
using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organisation for better security.
• Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
• Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if
you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
- When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
- When importing a certificate and a private key.
• Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate
To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate
from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
• If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator
first.
• When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key
that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after
resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
• Certificates and Web Based Management
363
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate
• Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
• Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
364
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Step by Step Guide for
Creating and Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
These are a brief summary of the actions required, based on the option you choose.
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate
365
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
• Create a Self-signed Certificate
• Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
366
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate.
8. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
• The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node
name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node
name is displayed by default.
• A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than
the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
12. Click the Network tab.
13. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
14. Click HTTP Server Settings.
15. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
16. Click Submit.
17. Click Yes to restart your print server.
The self-signed certificate is created and saved in your machine's memory.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must be installed on your computer.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
367
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator
Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft Internet Explorer. If you use another web browser, consult the
documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008)
Click
(Start) > All Programs.
• (Windows 8 )
Right-click the
(Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.
• (Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016)
Click
> Windows Accessories.
• (Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2)
Click
(Internet Explorer), and then right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the
taskbar.
2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.
If the More option appears, click More.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's
IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
4. Click Continue to this website (not recommended).
5. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.
368
6. Click Install Certificate….
7. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next.
8. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse….
9. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK.
10. Click Next.
11. Click Finish.
12. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
13. Click OK.
The self-signed certificate is now installed on your computer, and SSL/TLS communication is available.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
369
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
You can store the self-signed certificates on your Brother machine and manage them by importing and exporting.
• Import the Self-signed Certificate
• Export the Self-signed Certificate
370
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Import the Self-
signed Certificate
Import the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The self-signed certificate is imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must also be installed on your computer. Contact your
network administrator.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
371
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Export the Self-
signed Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. If you want to encrypt the file, type a password in the Enter password field.
If the Enter password field is blank, your output file will not be encrypted.
9. Type the password again in the Retype password field, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The self-signed certificate is exported to your computer.
You can also import the self-signed certificate to your computer.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
372
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the
machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned
certificate on your machine.
• Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
• Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
373
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the
credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Create CSR.
8. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
• Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside
world.
• The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP
address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS
communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
• A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for
the certificate.
• The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must
be less than 64 bytes.
• The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
• If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form
offered by a Certificate Authority.
374
12. Click Save.
• Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
• If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server 2008/2012/2012 R2/2016, we recommend
using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate. If you are
creating a Client Certificate for an IEEE 802.1x environment with EAP-TLS authentication, we
recommend using User for the certificate template. For more detailed information, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother support website at
support.brother.com. Search for
"SSL".
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
375
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create
another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only
after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Install Certificate.
8. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact
your network administrator.
Related Information
• Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
376
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
• Import a Certificate and Private Key
• Export the Certificate and Private Key
377
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Import a
Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must also be installed on your computer.
Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
378
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Export the
Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
9. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
• Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
379
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
• Import a CA Certificate
• Export a CA Certificate
380
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Import a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Click Import CA Certificate.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
381
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Export a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export.
8. Click Submit.
9. Click Save.
10. Specify where on your computer you want to save the exported certificate, and save it.
Related Information
• Import and Export a CA Certificate
382
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed
on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view
certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored UP on Brother Machine
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
5
CA Certificate 5
We recommend storing one less certificate than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
• When you use HTTPS/IPPS, IEEE 802.1x, or Signed PDF, you must select which certificate you are
using.
• When you use SSL for SMTP communications, you do not have to choose the certificate. The
necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.
Related Information
• Certificates and Web Based Management
383
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
We recommend using the HTTPS protocol for secure management. To use this protocol, HTTPS must be
enabled on your machine.
• The HTTPS protocol is enabled by default.
• You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://Common Name" in your browser's address bar (where "Common Name" is the Common Name
that you assigned to the certificate; this could be your IP address, node name, or domain name).
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
• If you use the SNMPv3 protocol, follow the steps below.
• You can also change the SNMP settings by using BRAdmin Professional.
5. Click the Network tab.
6. Click Protocol.
7. Make sure the SNMP setting is enabled, and then click Advanced Settings.
8. Configure the SNMP settings.
There are three options for SNMP Mode of Operation.
• SNMP v1/v2c read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol. You can use all
Brother applications in this mode. However, it is not secure since it will not authenticate the user, and data
will not be encrypted.
• SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access
In this mode, the print server uses the read-write access of version 3 and the read-only access of version
1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access mode, some Brother
applications (such as BRAdmin Light) that access the print server do not work correctly since they authorise
the read-only access of version 1 and version 2c. If you want to use all applications, we recommend using
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
• SNMPv3 read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 3 of the SNMP protocol. If you want to manage the print server
securely, use this mode.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access mode, note the following:
- You can use only BRAdmin Professional or Web Based Management to manage the print server.
- Except for BRAdmin Professional, all applications that use SNMPv1/v2c will be restricted. To allow the
use of SNMPv1/v2c applications, use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access or
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
9. Click Submit.
384
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows)
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional
(Windows)
To use BRAdmin Professional, you must:
• Use the latest version of BRAdmin Professional. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
• Use Web Based Management with the HTTPS protocol if you use BRAdmin Professional and Web Based
Management together.
• Use a different password in each group if you are managing a mixed group of older and newer print servers
with BRAdmin Professional. This will ensure security is maintained on the newer print servers.
• "Older print servers" refer to NC-2000 series, NC-2100p, NC-3100h, NC-3100s, NC-4100h, NC-5100h,
NC-5200h, NC-6100h, NC-6200h, NC-6300h, NC-6400h, NC-8000, NC-100h, NC-110h, NC-120w,
NC-130h, NC-140w, NC-8100h, NC-9100h, NC-7100w, NC-7200w and NC-2200w.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
386
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click Protocol. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit.
Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, click the Network tab, and then click
Protocol.
6. Click HTTP Server Settings.
7. Select the HTTPS(Port 443) check box in the IPP, and then click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorised access to the print server.
Related Information
• Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
387
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Configure Email Sending Using
Web Based Management
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication,
or email sending using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the SMTP field, click Advanced Setting and make sure the status of SMTP is Enabled.
7. Configure the SMTP settings.
• Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email.
• If you do not know the SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service
Provider (ISP).
8. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
9. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
389
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email with User
Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Your Brother machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user
authentication. This method prevents unauthorised users from accessing the email server.
You can use the SMTP-AUTH method for email notification and email reports (available for certain models).
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server.
For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider
(ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication: in the Web Based Management SMTP screen, under Server
Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
390
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email Securely Using
SSL/TLS
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Your Brother machine supports SSL/TLS communication methods. To use email server that is using SSL/TLS
communication, you must configure following settings.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.
Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected
automatically.
• Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed
the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to
confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
• If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.
Port Number
If you select SSL, or TLS, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To change the port number
manually, type the port number after you select SSL/TLS settings.
You must configure your machine's communication method to match the method used by your email server. For
details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:
SMTP
Port 25
Server Authentication Method SMTP-AUTH
SSL/TLS TLS
Related Information
• Send an Email Securely
391
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
• What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
• Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
• IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
392
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
IEEE 802.1x is an IEEE standard for wired and wireless networks that limits access from unauthorised network
devices. Your Brother machine (supplicant) sends an authentication request to a RADIUS server (Authentication
server) through your access point or HUB. After your request has been verified by the RADIUS server, your
machine can access the network.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
393
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based
Management (Web Browser)
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued
by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If
you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to
use.
• Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate that has been issued by the CA
that signed the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider
(ISP) to confirm whether a CA certificate import is necessary.
You can also configure IEEE 802.1x authentication using:
• BRAdmin Professional (Wired and wireless network)
• Wireless setup wizard from the control panel (Wireless network)
• Wireless setup wizard on the installation disc (Wireless network)
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Wired network Click the Wired tab, and then select Wired 802.1x Authentication in the left navigation
bar.
Wireless network Click the Wireless tab, and then select Wireless (Enterprise) in the left navigation bar.
6. Configure the IEEE 802.1x authentication settings.
394
• To enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for wired networks, select Enabled for Wired 802.1x status on
the Wired 802.1x Authentication page.
• If you are using EAP-TLS authentication, you must select the client certificate that has been installed
(shown with certificate name) for verification from the Client Certificate drop-down list.
• If you select EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TTLS, or EAP-TLS authentication, select the verification method
from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list. Verify the server certificate using the CA
certificate, imported to the machine in advance, that has been issued by the CA that signed the server
certificate.
Select one of the following verification methods from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list:
Option Description
No Verification The server certificate can always be trusted. The verification is not performed.
CA Cert. The verification method to check the CA reliability of the server certificate, using the
CA certificate that has been issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
CA Cert. + ServerID
The verification method to check the common name
1
value of the server certificate,
in addition to the CA reliability of the server certificate.
7. When finished with configuration, click Submit.
For wired networks: After configuring, connect your machine to the IEEE 802.1x supported network. After a
few minutes, print the Network Configuration Report to check the <Wired IEEE 802.1x> Status.
Option Description
Success The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled and the authentication was successful.
Failed The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled; however, the authentication failed.
Off The wired IEEE 802.1x function is not available.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
1 The common name verification compares the common name of the server certificate to the character string configured for the Server ID.
Before you use this method, contact your system administrator about the server certificate's common name and then configure Server ID.
395
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
LEAP (Wireless network)
Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP) is a proprietary EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication.
EAP-FAST
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunneling (EAP-FAST) has been
developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication, and symmetric key
algorithms to achieve a tunnelled authentication process.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentication methods:
• EAP-FAST/NONE
• EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
• EAP-FAST/GTC
EAP-MD5 (Wired network)
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Message Digest Algorithm 5 (EAP-MD5) uses a user ID and password for
challenge-response authentication.
PEAP
Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is a version of EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., Microsoft Corporation and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user
ID and password. PEAP provides mutual authentication between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
• PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
• PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security (EAP-TTLS) has been developed by
Funk Software and Certicom. EAP-TTLS creates a similar encrypted SSL tunnel to PEAP, between a client
and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. EAP-TTLS provides mutual authentication
between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
• EAP-TTLS/CHAP
• EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
• EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
• EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) requires digital certificate
authentication both at a client and an authentication server.
Related Information
• Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
396
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network
Store Print Log to Network
• Store Log to Network Overview
• Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
• Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
• Use Store Print Log to Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0
397
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Store Log to Network
Overview
Store Log to Network Overview
The Store Print Log to Network feature allows you to save the print log file from your Brother machine to a
network server using the Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol. You can record the ID, type of print job,
job name, user name, date, time and the number of printed pages for every print job. CIFS is a protocol that runs
over TCP/IP, allowing computers on a network to share files over an intranet or the Internet.
The following print functions are recorded in the print log:
• Print jobs from your computer
• USB Direct Print
• Copy
• Received Fax (supported models only)
• Web Connect Print (supported models only)
• The Store Print Log to Network feature supports Kerberos authentication and NTLMv2 authentication.
You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time
zone correctly on the control panel for authentication.
• You can set the file type to TXT or CSV when storing a file to the server.
Related Information
• Store Print Log to Network
398
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Configure the Store Print Log
to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based
Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu.
6. In the Print Log field, click On.
7. Configure the following settings:
Option Description
Network Folder
Path
Type the destination folder where your log will be stored on the CIFS server (i.e., \
\ComputerName\SharedFolder).
File Name Type the file name you want to use for the print log (up to 32 characters).
File Type Select the TXT or CSV option for the Print Log file type.
Auth. Method Select the authentication method required for access to the CIFS server: Auto,
Kerberos, or NTLMv2. Kerberos is an authentication protocol which allows devices or
individuals to securely prove their identity to network servers using a single sign-on.
NTLMv2 is the authentication method used by Windows to log into servers.
• Auto: If you select Auto, NTLMv2 will be used to the authentication method.
• Kerberos: Select the Kerberos option to use Kerberos authentication only.
• NTLMv2: Select the NTLMv2 option to use NTLMv2 authentication only.
• For the Kerberos and NTLMv2 authentication, you must also configure the
Date&Time settings or the SNTP protocol (network time server) and DNS
server.
• You can also configure the Date & Time settings from the machine's
control panel.
Username Type the user name for the authentication (up to 96 characters).
If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
Password Type the password for the authentication (up to 32 characters).
Kerberos
Server
Address (if
needed)
Type the KDC host address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters) or
the IP address (for example: 192.168.56.189).
Error Detection
Setting
Choose what action should be taken when the Print Log cannot be stored to the server
due to a network error.
8. In the Connection Status field, confirm the last log status.
399
You can also confirm the error status on the LCD of your machine.
9. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page.
To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step.
To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically.
10. The machine will test your settings.
11. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen.
If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
• Store Print Log to Network
400
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Use the Store Print Log to
Network's Error Detection Setting
Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
Use Error Detection Settings to determine the action that is taken when the print log cannot be stored to the
server due to a network error.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the Error Detection Setting section, select the Cancel Print or Ignore Log & Print option.
Option Description
Cancel
Print
If you select the Cancel Print option, the print jobs are cancelled when the print log cannot be
stored to the server.
Even if you select the Cancel Print option, your machine will print a received fax.
Ignore
Log &
Print
If you select the Ignore Log & Print option, the machine prints the documentation even if the
print log cannot be stored to the server.
When the store print log function has recovered, the print log is recorded as follows:
a. If the log cannot be stored at the end of printing, the print log except the number of printed
pages will be recorded.
b. If the print log cannot be stored at the beginning and the end of printing, the print log of the
job will not be recorded. When the function has recovered, the error is reflected in the log.
7. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page.
To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step.
To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically.
8. The machine will test your settings.
9. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen.
If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
• Store Print Log to Network
401
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Use Store Print Log to
Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Store Print Log to Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0
When Secure Function Lock 3.0 is active, the names of the registered users for copy, Fax RX, Web Connect
Print and USB Direct Print (if available) are recorded in the Store Print Log to Network report.
Related Information
• Store Print Log to Network
402
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
• Brother Web Connect Overview
• Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
404
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the websites. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download and print images that
are already uploaded to these services.
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
405
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Brother Web Connect to access services from your Brother machine:
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center.
Google Drive
™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service.
URL:
drive.google.com
Evernote
®
An online file storage and management service.
URL:
www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service.
URL:
www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and managing service.
URL:
onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL:
www.box.com
OneNote
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL:
www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on
your Brother machine (available only for certain countries).
www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible
Services
Google Drive
™
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
Brother Creative Center
Download and print
images
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
1
(Print only)
406
Accessible
Services
Google Drive
™
Evernote
®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
OneNote
Brother Creative Center
Upload scanned
images
JPEG
PDF
2
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
XPS
-
FaxForward to the
online services
(available only for
certain models)
JPEG
PDF
TIFF
-
1
DOC/XLS/PPT formats are also available for downloading and printing images.
2
For upload scanned images, PDF includes Searchable PDF, Signed PDF, Secure PDF and PDF/A.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
407
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
• Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
• Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
408
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
Windows
To install the Brother software and connect your machine to a wireless or wired network, see the Quick Setup
Guide.
Mac
To install the Full Driver & Software Package, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions
Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
409
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's
Control Panel
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection] > [On].
2. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
410
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make
sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click
.
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit.
7. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings.
8. Enter the proxy server information.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
411
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
• Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
• Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
• Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
• Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
412
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter,
this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1. Enter temporary ID
413
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services
as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
415
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left
navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
Windows 8
Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using
a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps
screen).
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name
(if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother
Web Connect.
Mac Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type
bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
416
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
• Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
417
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
• You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
• Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Swipe to display the [Web] option.
2. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. If the information regarding licence agreement appears, make your selection and follow the on-screen
instructions.
4. Select the service with which you want to register.
5. Press the service name.
6. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
7. Press [Register/Delete Account].
8. Press [Register Account].
The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
9. Press [OK].
10. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD.
11. Press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
12. Press [OK].
13. Enter the name using the LCD.
14. Press [OK].
15. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
16. When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
17. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
18. Press [OK].
19. Press
.
418
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to
create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
• Set Up Brother Web Connect
420
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, monochrome scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading searchable PDF or Microsoft Office files, monochrome and grey scanning is
not available.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot upload the scanned data.
1. Load your document.
2. Swipe to display the [Web] option.
3. Press [Web].
• You can also press [Scan] > [to Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
5. Select your account name.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
421
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest
users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view
documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot download the data.
The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Using Web Services
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
422
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
1. Swipe to display the [Web] option.
2. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select the service that hosts the document you want to download and print.
4. Select your account name. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• To access the service as a guest user, select [Use Service as a Guest User]. When the
information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK]. Type the account name of the user
whose documents you want to download, and then press [OK].
• Depending on the service, you may have to select the account name from a list.
5. Press [Download to Print].
6. Select the album you want. Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents
not saved in albums, select [Show Unsorted Photos] or [Show Unsorted Files] to select
documents. Other users’ documents cannot be downloaded if they are not saved in an album.
An album is a collection of images. The actual term may differ depending on the service you use. When
using Evernote
®
, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
7. Select the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and then press
[OK]. Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
8. When finished, press [OK].
9. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
423
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option.
2. Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
4. Select the category you want.
5. Select the category you want again.
6. Select the file you want. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have chosen all the files that you want to print.
7. After you have selected all of the files you want to print, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
• Download and Print Using Web Services
424
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
• Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the
available online services.
1
1. Web Service
• Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email
attachments.
Related Information
• Brother Web Connect
• Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
• Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
425
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn On
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox
as email attachments.
• If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot upload the incoming faxes.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• If you turn on the FaxForward to Cloud feature, you cannot use the following features:
- [Fax Forward]
- [Fax Storage]
- [PC Fax Receive]
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option.
2. Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [On].
5. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
• If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and
then specify your account name.
• If you selected [Forward to E-mail], enter the email address you want to receive the faxes as email
attachments.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
426
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn Off
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service
or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off the FaxForward to Cloud feature.
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option.
2. Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Off].
5. Press [OK].
Related Information
• FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
427
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print
™
is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account
using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on
the device.
Printing from Android
™
apps requires installing the Google Cloud Print
™
app from the Google Play
™
Store.
3
1
4
2
1. Print request
2. Internet
3. Google Cloud Print
™
4. Printing
Related Information
• Google Cloud Print
429
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print
Before Using Google Cloud Print
• Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
•
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
™
• Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
430
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Network Settings
for Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
In order to use Google Cloud Print
™
, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to
the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see
the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
• Before Using Google Cloud Print
• Google Cloud Print Problems
431
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
™
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
™
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows users.
Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google Chrome
™
on your computer.
2. Sign in to your Google Account.
3. Click the Google Chrome
™
menu icon, and then Settings > Show advanced settings….
4. Click Google Cloud Print > Manage.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the [OK] button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the My devices field.
Related Information
• Before Using Google Cloud Print
432
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based
Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (
https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device.
2. Start your web browser.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
4. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
5. Click the Network tab.
6. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Make sure that Google Cloud Print is selected, and then click Advanced Settings.
8. Make sure that Status is set to Enabled. Click Register.
9. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
10. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the OK button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
11. Click Google.
12. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud Print
™
appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the on-
screen instructions to register your machine.
13. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make
sure that Registration Status is set to Registered.
If your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature, printing via Google Cloud Print
™
is possible
even if PC print for each user is restricted. To restrict printing via Google Cloud Print
™
, disable Google
Cloud Print
™
using Web Based Management or set the Secure Function Lock feature to Public Mode, and
then restrict print for public users. See Related Information.
Related Information
• Before Using Google Cloud Print
• Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
433
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Chrome
™
or Chrome OS
™
Print from Google Chrome
™
or Chrome OS
™
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Open the web page that you want to print.
3. Click the Google Chrome
™
menu icon.
4. Click Print.
5. Select your machine from the printer list.
6. Change print options, if needed.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
• Google Cloud Print
434
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Drive
™
for Mobile
Print from Google Drive
™
for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access Google Drive
™
from your Android
™
or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the document that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap
or Print.
Related Information
• Google Cloud Print
435
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Gmail
™
Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from Gmail
™
Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access the Gmail
™
webmail service from your Android
™
or iOS device’s web browser.
3. Open the email that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
If Print appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap Print, and then follow
the instructions on your mobile device.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap
or Print.
Related Information
• Google Cloud Print
436
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to
wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone,
iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without printing
them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer. (MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Related Information
• AirPrint
• AirPrint Problems
438
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
The Add screen appears.
4. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
5. Click Add.
Related Information
• AirPrint
439
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap
or .
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
441
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
• Print Using AirPrint
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
442
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
3. Click Printers & Scanners.
4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when
scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan.
Related Information
• AirPrint
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
443
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the
example below.
• AirPrint supports only monochrome fax documents.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax (where XXXX is your model
name).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax.
Related Information
• AirPrint
• Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
444
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile Printing for Windows
Mobile printing for Windows is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows mobile device. You can connect
to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer driver on
the device. Many Windows apps support this function.
1
2
3
1. Windows mobile device (Windows 10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi
®
connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
445
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service is a print feature on Android
™
mobile devices (Android
™
version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria
®
Alliance. With this service, you can
connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup.
Many native Android
™
apps support printing.
1
2
3
1. Android
™
4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi
®
Connection
3. Your Brother Machine
You must download the Mopria
®
Print Service from the Google Play
™
Store and install it on your Android
™
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
446
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
• For Android
™
Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android
™
device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play
™
Store app.
• For all iOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your iOS device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
• For Windows Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft Store.
For more detailed information, visit
support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
447
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange, and wireless connections
between two devices that are in close range of each other.
If your Android
™
device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on
your machine.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan on your Android
™
device to use this feature. For more
detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
• Mobile/Web Connect
448
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
450
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes: Home Mode and Advanced Mode. You can change modes at any
time.
Home Mode
Advanced Mode
• Home Mode
ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily.
• Advanced Mode
451
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and
allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the
(ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then select Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Mode Select.
3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the Home Mode or Advanced Mode option.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
452
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
• Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows)
453
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
• Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows)
• Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
• Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
454
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
455
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Windows)
456
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows)
You can create up to three customised tabs, each including up to five customised buttons, with your preferred
settings.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Create custom tab.
A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select Rename custom tab.
4. Click the Configuration button, select Create custom button, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears.
5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click OK.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.
You can change or remove the created tab, button, or settings. Click the Configuration button, and then
follow the menu.
457
Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac > Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows. The actual screen may differ
depending on the version of the application.
• For Windows
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download the
latest application.
• For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
Related Information
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac
• Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
460
Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Use this section to resolve typical problems you may encounter when using your Brother machine. You can
correct most problems yourself.
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
If you need additional help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
First, check the following:
• The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on. See the Quick Setup Guide.
• All of the protective materials have been removed. See the Quick Setup Guide.
• Paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
• The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
• Error and maintenance messages
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
• Document Jams
• Paper Jams
• Printing Problems
• Improve the Print Quality
• Telephone and Fax Problems
• Network Problems
• Google Cloud Print Problems
• AirPrint Problems
• Other Problems
• Check the Machine Information
• Reset Your Brother Machine
461
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
• MFC-L3770CDW
If the LCD displays errors and your Android
™
device supports the NFC feature, touch your device to the
NFC symbol on your Brother machine to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the latest
FAQs from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android
™
device are set to On.
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
Follow the instructions in the Action column to solve the error and remove the message.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance by yourself. If you need more tips: Visit
support.brother.com, and click the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Error Message
Cause Action
2-sided Disabled
The back cover of the machine is not
closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine
until it locks in the closed position.
Access Denied
The function you want to use is
restricted by Secure Function Lock
3.0.
Ask your administrator to check your
Secure Function Lock Settings.
Belt End Soon
The belt unit is near the end of its life. Order a new belt unit before the LCD
displays Replace Belt.
Calibrate
Calibration failed.
• Press and hold down to turn
the machine off. Wait a few
seconds, and then turn it on again.
Perform the colour calibration
again using the LCD.
• Install a new belt unit.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother customer service or your
local Brother dealer.
Cartridge Error
The toner cartridge is not installed
correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum
unit assembly for the colour that is
indicated on the LCD. Take out the
toner cartridge, and put it back into
the drum unit again. Re-install the
toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly back in the machine.
If the problem continues, contact
Brother customer service or your local
Brother dealer.
Condensation
Condensation may have formed
inside the machine after a room
temperature change.
Leave the machine turned on. Wait
for 30 minutes with the top cover in
the open position. Then turn off the
machine and close the cover. Turn it
on again.
Cooling Down
The temperature of the inside of the
machine is too hot. The machine
pauses its current print job and goes
into cooling down mode.
Wait until the machine has finished
cooling down. Make sure all vents on
the machine are clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down,
it will resume printing.
462
Error Message Cause Action
Cover is Open
The top cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the top
cover of the machine.
The fuser cover is not completely
closed or paper was jammed in the
back of the machine when you turned
on the power.
Close the fuser cover located inside
the back cover of the machine.
Make sure paper is not jammed
inside the back of the machine, and
then close the fuser cover.
The ADF cover is not completely
closed.
Close the ADF cover.
If the error message remains, press
Stop/Exit.
Document Jam
The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned
from the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed paper from the
ADF unit.
Clear any debris or scraps of paper
from the ADF unit paper path.
Press Stop/Exit.
Drum !
The corona wire on the drum unit
must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wire on the drum
unit.
See Related Information: Clean the
Corona Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the
drum unit with a new one.
Drum End Soon
The drum unit is near the end of its
life.
Order a new drum unit before you get
the Replace Drum message.
Drum Stop
It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the
Drum Unit.
Jam 2-sided
The paper is jammed underneath the
paper tray or the fuser unit.
Remove the paper tray or open the
back cover to gently remove the
jammed paper.
Jam Inside
The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the top cover, remove the toner
cartridges and drum unit assembly,
and gently remove the jammed paper.
Reinstall the toner cartridges and
drum unit assemblies into the
machine. Close the top cover.
Jam Manual Feed
The paper is jammed in the manual
feed slot of the machine.
Gently remove the jammed paper
from in and around the manual feed
slot. Reload the paper into the
manual feed slot, and then press
Mono Start or Colour Start.
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the back of
the machine.
Open the fuser cover and gently
remove the jammed paper. Close the
fuser cover. If the error message
remains, press Mono Start or Colour
Start.
Jam Tray1
The paper is jammed in the indicated
paper tray.
Pull the paper tray out completely and
gently remove all jammed paper. Put
463
Error Message Cause Action
the paper tray firmly back in the
machine.
Limit Exceeded
The print limit set in Secure Function
Lock 3.0 was reached.
Ask your administrator to check your
Secure Function Lock Settings.
Manual Feed
Manual was selected as the paper
source in the printer driver, but there
is no paper in the manual feed slot.
Place paper in the manual feed slot.
Media Mismatch
The media type specified in the
printer driver differs from the paper
type specified in the machine's menu.
Load the correct type of paper in the
tray, and then select the correct
media type in the Paper Type setting
on the machine.
No Belt Unit
The belt unit is not installed or not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the belt unit.
No Drum Unit
The drum unit is not installed
correctly.
Reinstall the toner cartridge and drum
unit assembly for the colour indicated
on the LCD.
No Paper T1
The machine is out of paper, or paper
is not loaded correctly in the paper
tray.
• Refill paper in the paper tray.
Make sure the paper guides are
set to the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it
and load it again. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct
size.
• Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Toner
The toner cartridge or the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly is
not installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum
unit assembly. Remove the toner
cartridge from the drum unit, and
reinstall the toner cartridge back into
the drum unit. Reinstall the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly
back in the machine. If the problem
continues, replace the toner cartridge.
No Tray T1
The paper tray is not installed or not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the paper tray indicated on
the LCD.
No Waste Toner
The waste toner box is not installed or
not installed correctly.
Reinstall the waste toner box.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a copy operation is in progress,
do one of the following:
• Press Mono Start or Colour Start
to copy the scanned pages.
• Press Stop/Exit and wait until the
other operations in progress finish,
and then try again.
If a scan operation is in progress,
do one of the following:
• Split the document into multiple
parts.
• Reduce the Resolution.
• Reduce the File Size.
• Select the high compression PDF
file type.
If a print operation is in progress,
press Stop/Exit, and then reduce the
print resolution.
464
Error Message Cause Action
Print Data Full
The machine’s memory is full. Press Stop/Exit and delete the
previously stored secure print data.
Print Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn the
machine off, wait a few minutes,
and then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother customer service.
Registration
Registration failed.
• Press and hold down to turn
the machine off. Wait a few
seconds, and then turn it on again.
Perform the colour registration
again using the LCD.
• Install a new belt unit.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother customer service or your
local Brother dealer.
Replace Belt
It is time to replace the belt unit. Replace the belt unit with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the
Belt Unit.
Replace Drum
It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit for the colour
indicated on the LCD.
If this message is displayed even
after replacing the drum unit with new
one, the drum unit counter was not
reset.
Reset the drum unit counter.
See Related Information: Replace the
Drum Unit.
Replace Toner
The toner cartridge is at the end of its
life. The machine stops all print
operations.
Replace the toner cartridge for the
colour indicated on the LCD.
See Related Information: Replace the
Toner Cartridge.
Replace WT Box
It is time to replace the waste toner
box.
Replace the waste toner box with a
new one.
See Related Information: Replace the
Waste Toner Box.
Scan Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn the
machine off, and then turn it on
again.
• If the problem continues, contact
Brother customer service.
Self-Diagnostic
The temperature of the fuser unit
does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified time.
• Press and hold to turn the
machine off, wait a few seconds,
and then turn it on again. Leave
the machine idle for 15 minutes
with the power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Short paper
The length of the paper in the tray is
too short for the machine to deliver it
to the Face down output tray.
Open the back cover (Face up output
tray) to let the printed page exit onto
the Face up output tray. Remove the
printed pages, and then press Mono
Start or Colour Start.
Size Error
The paper size defined in the printer
driver is not supported by the defined
tray.
Choose a paper size supported by
the defined tray.
Size Error DX
The paper size specified in the
machine's paper size setting is not
Press Stop/Exit (if required).
465
Error Message Cause Action
available for automatic 2-sided
printing.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the tray for that paper
size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2-
sided printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2-
sided printing is A4.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available for
automatic 2-sided printing.
Size Mismatch
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the
tray and set the size of paper for the
tray.
Toner Error
One or more toner cartridges are not
installed or not installed correctly.
Pull out the drum units. Remove all of
the toner cartridges, and then put
them back into the drum units.
Toner Low
If the LCD displays this message, you
can still print. The toner cartridge is
near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge before
the LCD displays Replace Toner.
WT Box End Soon
The waste toner box is almost full. Order a new waste toner box before
the LCD displays Replace WT Box.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Error Message
Cause Action
2-sided Disabled
The back cover of the machine
is not closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine until it locks
in the closed position.
Access Denied
The function you want to use is
restricted by Secure Function
Lock 3.0.
Ask your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
BT Call Sign On
(For U.K.)
The BT Call Sign setting is on.
You cannot change the Receive
Mode from Manual to another
mode.
Set the BT Call Sign setting to off.
Calibration
Calibration failed.
• Press and hold down to turn the machine
off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on
again. Perform the colour calibration again
using the LCD.
• Install a new belt unit.
• If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Cartridge Error
The toner cartridge is not
installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly for the colour that is indicated on the
LCD. Take out the toner cartridge, and put it back
into the drum unit again. Re-install the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly back in the
machine.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error
Poor telephone line quality
caused a communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the machine to
another telephone line. If the problem continues,
contact the telephone company and ask them to
check your telephone line.
Condensation
Condensation may have formed
inside the machine after a room
temperature change.
Leave the machine turned on. Wait for 30 minutes
with the top cover in the open position. Then turn
off the machine and close the cover. Turn it on
again.
466
Error Message Cause Action
Cooling Down
The temperature of the inside of
the machine is too hot. The
machine pauses its current print
job and goes into cooling down
mode.
Wait until the machine has finished cooling down.
Make sure all vents on the machine are clear of
obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down, it will
resume printing.
Cover is Open
The top cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the top cover of the
machine.
Cover is Open.
The fuser cover is not
completely closed or paper was
jammed in the back of the
machine when you turned on
the power.
Close the fuser cover located inside the back
cover of the machine.
Make sure paper is not jammed inside the back of
the machine, and then close the fuser cover.
Cover is Open.
The ADF cover is not
completely closed.
Close the ADF cover.
If the error message remains, press
.
Disconnected
The other person or other
person's fax machine stopped
the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you are using
a VoIP (Voice over IP) system, try changing the
Compatibility to Basic (for VoIP).
Document Jam
The document was not inserted
or fed correctly, or the
document scanned from the
ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed paper from the ADF unit.
Clear any debris or scraps of paper from the ADF
unit paper path.
Press
.
Supplies
Drum End Soon
The drum unit is near the end of
its life.
Order a new drum unit before the LCD displays
Replace Drum.
Drum !
The corona wires on the drum
unit must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wires on the drum unit.
See Related Information: Clean the Corona
Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the drum unit
with a new one.
Drum Stop
It is time to replace the drum
unit.
Replace the drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
Jam 2-sided
The paper is jammed
underneath the paper tray or
the fuser unit.
Remove the paper tray or open the back cover to
gently remove the jammed paper.
Jam Inside
The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the top cover, remove the toner cartridges
and drum unit assembly, and gently remove the
jammed paper. Reinstall the toner cartridges and
drum unit assemblies into the machine. Close the
top cover.
Jam Manual Feed
The paper is jammed in the
manual feed slot of the
machine.
Gently remove the jammed paper from in and
around the manual feed slot. Reload the paper
into the manual feed slot, and then press Start.
467
Error Message Cause Action
Jam MP Tray
The paper is jammed in the MP
tray.
Gently remove the jammed paper from in and
around the MP tray. Press Retry.
Jam Rear
The paper is jammed in the
back of the machine.
Open the fuser cover and gently remove the
jammed paper. Close the fuser cover. If the error
message remains, press Retry.
Jam Tray 1
The paper is jammed in the
indicated paper tray.
Pull out the paper tray and remove all jammed
paper as shown in the animation on the LCD.
Limit Exceeded
The print limit set in Secure
Function Lock 3.0 was reached.
Ask your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
Manual Feed
Manual was selected as the
paper source in the printer
driver, but there is no paper in
the manual feed slot.
Place paper in the manual feed slot.
Media Type Mismatch
The media type specified in the
printer driver differs from the
paper type specified in the
machine's menu.
Load the correct type of paper in the tray, and
then select the correct media type in the Paper
Type setting on the machine.
No Belt Unit
The belt unit is not installed or
not installed correctly.
Reinstall the belt unit.
No HUB Support
A USB hub device is connected
to the USB direct interface.
Disconnect the USB hub device from the USB
direct interface.
No Drum Unit
The drum unit is not installed
correctly.
Reinstall the toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly for the colour indicated on the LCD.
No Paper
The machine is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in
the paper tray.
• Refill paper in the paper tray. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set to
the correct size.
• Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Paper MP
The MP tray is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in
the MP tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill paper in the MP tray. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set to
the correct size.
No Paper T1
The paper tray is out of paper,
or paper is not loaded correctly
in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill paper in the paper tray indicated on the
LCD. Make sure the paper guides are set to
the correct size.
• If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set to
the correct size.
• Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Toner
The toner cartridge or the toner
cartridge and drum unit
assembly is not installed
correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit
assembly. Remove the toner cartridge from the
drum unit, and reinstall the toner cartridge back
into the drum unit. Reinstall the toner cartridge
and drum unit assembly back in the machine. If
the problem continues, replace the toner
cartridge.
No Tray T1
The paper tray is not installed
or not installed correctly.
Reinstall the paper tray indicated on the LCD.
468
Error Message Cause Action
No Waste Toner
The waste toner box is not
installed or not installed
correctly.
Reinstall the waste toner box.
Out of Fax Memory
The machine's fax memory is
full.
If you are using the Fax Preview function, delete
unwanted received fax data.
If you are using the Memory Receive function and
are not using the Fax Preview function, print
received fax data.
See Related Information: Print a Fax Stored in the
Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory
The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress, do one of the following:
• Press Send Now to send the pages scanned
so far.
• Press Partial Print to copy the pages
scanned so far.
• Press Quit or
and wait until the other
operations that are in progress finish, and then
try again.
If a scan operation is in progress, do one of
the following:
• Split the document into multiple parts.
• Reduce the Resolution.
• Reduce the File Size.
• Select the high compression PDF file type.
• Clear faxes from the memory.
If a print operation is in progress, press
and
reduce the print resolution.
Print Data Full
The machine’s memory is full.
Press and delete the previously stored
secure print data.
Print Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn the machine off,
wait a few minutes, and then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service.
Registration
Registration failed.
• Press and hold down to turn the machine
off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on
again. Perform the colour registration again
using the LCD.
• Install a new belt unit.
• If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Supplies
Replace Drum
It is time to replace the drum
unit.
Replace the drum unit for the colour indicated on
the LCD.
If this message is displayed
even after replacing the drum
unit with new one, the drum unit
counter was not reset.
Reset the drum unit counter.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
Replace Toner
The toner cartridge is at the end
of its life. The machine stops all
print operations.
While memory is available,
faxes are stored in the memory.
Replace the toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner
Cartridge.
469
Error Message Cause Action
Replace WT Box
It is time to replace the waste
toner box.
Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Waste
Toner Box.
Scan Unable
The document is too long for
2‑sided scanning.
Press . For 2-sided scanning, use A4 size
paper. Other paper must be within the following
size:
Length: 147.3 to 355.6 mm
Width: 105 mm to 215.9 mm
Scan Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem.
• Press and hold to turn the machine off,
and then turn it on again.
• If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service.
Self-Diagnostic
The temperature of the fuser
unit does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified
time.
Press and hold to turn the machine off, wait a
few seconds, and then turn it on again. Leave the
machine idle for 15 minutes with the power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Short paper
The length of the paper in the
tray is too short for the machine
to deliver it to the Face down
output tray.
Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let
the printed page exit onto the Face up output tray.
Remove the printed pages, and then press
Retry.
Size Error
The paper size defined in the
printer driver is not supported
by the defined tray.
Choose a paper size supported by the defined
tray.
Size Error 2-sided
The paper size specified in the
machine's paper size setting is
not available for automatic 2-
sided printing.
Press (if required).
Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set
the tray for that paper size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2-sided
printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2-sided printing
is A4.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available
for automatic 2-sided printing.
Size Mismatch
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set
the size of paper for the tray.
Supplies
Belt End Soon
The belt unit is near the end of
its life.
Order a new belt unit before the LCD displays
Replace Belt.
Supplies
Replace Belt
It is time to replace the belt unit. Replace the belt unit with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Belt Unit.
Supplies
Toner Low: X
(X indicates the toner cartridge
or drum unit colour that is near
the end of its life. BK=Black,
C=Cyan, M=Magenta,
Y=Yellow.)
If the LCD displays this
message, you can still print.
The toner cartridge is near the
end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge before the LCD
displays Replace Toner.
Supplies
WT Box End Soon
The waste toner box is almost
full.
Order a new waste toner box before the LCD
displays Replace WT Box.
Toner Error
One or more toner cartridges
are not installed or not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum units. Remove all of the toner
cartridges, and then put them back into the drum
units.
470
Error Message Cause Action
Touchscreen
Initialisation Failed
The touchscreen was pressed
before the power on
initialisation was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching the touchscreen.
Debris may be stuck between
the lower part of the
touchscreen and its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the lower part
of the touchscreen and its frame and slide it back
and forth to push out any debris.
Unusable Device
A USB device or USB flash
drive that is encrypted or not
supported has been connected
to the USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct interface.
Unusable Device
Remove the Device. Turn
the power off and back
on again.
A defective USB device or a
high power consumption USB
device has been connected to
the USB direct interface.
• Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface.
• Press and hold
to turn the machine off,
and then turn it on again.
Wrong Paper Size MP
Wrong Paper Size T1
The specified tray ran out of
paper during copying and the
machine could not feed the
same size paper from the next
priority tray.
Refill the paper in the paper tray.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
• Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
• Replace Supplies
• Replace the Toner Cartridge
• Replace the Drum Unit
• Replace the Belt Unit
• Replace the Waste Toner Box
• Clean the Corona Wires
• Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• Calibrate Colour Output
471
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If the LCD displays:
• [Print Unable] ##
• [Scan Unable] ##
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
If there is an error message on the LCD after you transfer the faxes, disconnect your Brother machine from
the power source for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
Related Information
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
472
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer].
2. Do one of the following:
• If the LCD displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory. Press [Close].
• Enter the fax number to which faxes will be forwarded.
3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Set Your Station ID
473
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Make sure you have installed the software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX Receive
on the computer.
Do one of the following:
• (Windows 7)
From the
(Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• (Windows 8 and Windows 10)
Click
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine’s memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD displays [Send Fax to
PC?].
3. Do one of the following:
• To transfer all faxes to your computer, press [Yes].
• To exit and leave the faxes in the memory, press [No].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
474
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report
Transfer].
2. Enter the fax number to which the Fax Journal will be forwarded.
3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
• Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
• Set Your Station ID
475
Home > Troubleshooting > Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the table.
You can correct most errors yourself. If, after reading this table, you still need help, the Brother Solutions Center
offers the latest troubleshooting tips.
Go to the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Connection Error 02
Network connection failed.
Verify that the network
connection is good.
The machine is not connected to a
network.
• Verify that the network connection
is good.
• If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
• Network or server settings are
incorrect.
• There is a problem with the
network or server.
• Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
• If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Wrong Date&Time.
Date and time settings are incorrect. Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
Authentication Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or
this temporary ID is already
used. Enter correctly or
reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24
hours after it is issued.
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect.
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already
been registered. Enter
another display name.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
476
Server Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do
the following: 1. Go to
http://bwc.brother.com to
get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new
temporary ID in the next
screen.
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt
data. Confirm data of file.
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
• The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc.
• The file type is not supported.
• The file is corrupted.
The file cannot be used:
• Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
• Save the file as a different type.
• If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily
unavailable. Try again
later.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages
Cause Action
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please
register account and
shortcut again after
deleting this shortcut.
The shortcut cannot be used because
the account was deleted after the
shortcut was registered.
Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
477
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or
scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
479
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the right. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or
scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
480
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Do one of the following:
• (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Press
.
Related Information
• Document Jams
481
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams
Paper Jams
Always remove the remaining paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you are adding new
paper. This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the machine at one time and prevents
paper jams.
• Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
• Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
• Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
• Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
• Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
• Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
• Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
482
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the machine's MP tray, follow
these steps:
1. Remove the paper from the MP tray.
2. Remove any jammed paper from in and around the MP tray.
3. Fan the paper stack, and then put it back in the MP tray.
4. Reload paper in the MP tray and make sure the paper stays under the maximum paper height guides (1) on
both sides of the tray.
1
5. Follow the instructions on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
483
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the machine's manual feed
slot, follow these steps:
1. Gently remove any paper that is jammed in or around the manual feed slot.
2. Reload the paper into the manual feed slot.
3. Do one of the following:
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Press Mono Start or Colour Start to resume printing.
• DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW
Press [Retry] to resume printing.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
484
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these
steps:
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Slowly pull out the jammed paper.
Pulling the jammed paper downward using both hands allows you to remove the paper more easily.
3. Fan the stack of paper to prevent further jams, and slide the paper guides to fit the paper size.
4. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
485
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
When the paper is jammed in the output paper tray, follow these steps:
1. Use both hands to open the scanner.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Push the scanner down with both hands to close it.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
487
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the back (Rear) of the
machine, follow these steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine.
2. Open the back cover.
3. Pull the green tabs at the left and right sides toward you to release the fuser cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
If the grey envelope levers inside the back cover are pulled down to the envelope position, lift these levers
to the original position before pulling the green tabs down.
4. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit.
488
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam inside the machine, follow these
steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
490
4. Gently remove the jammed paper slowly.
5. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
BK
C
M
Y
6. Close the machine's top cover.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
491
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these
steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Make sure the jammed paper does not remain inside the machine.
4. If paper is not jammed inside the machine, remove the paper from the paper tray, flip it over, and check
underneath the paper tray.
5. If the paper is not jammed in the paper tray, open the back cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
492
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
6. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the back of the machine.
7. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position.
8. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Related Information
• Paper Jams
493
Home > Troubleshooting > Printing Problems
Printing Problems
If, after reading this table, you still need help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Difficulties Suggestions
No printout Check the machine is not in Power Off mode.
If the machine is in Power Off mode, press
on the
control panel, and then send the print data again.
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed
and selected.
Check to see if the Status Monitor or the machine's
control panel displays an error status.
Check that the machine is online:
• Windows7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click
(Start) >Devices and Printers . Right-click
Brother XXX-XXXX and click See what's printing.
Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer
Offline is not selected.
• Windows Server 2008
Click
(Start) >Control Panel > Hardware and
Sound > Printers. Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX.
Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is
listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
• Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group,
click Devices and Printers. Right-click the Brother
XXX-XXXX. Click See what's printing. If printer driver
options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer
in the menu bar and make sure that Use Printer
Offline is not selected.
• Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX.
Click See what’s printing. If printer driver options
appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is
not selected.
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what's
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your
printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make
sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Mac
Click the System Preferences menu, and then select
the Printers & Scanners option. When the machine is
offline, delete it using the
button, and then add it
using the button.
494
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine is not printing or has stopped printing. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
The headers or footers appear when the document
displays on the screen but they do not show up when it is
printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the
page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your
document to allow for this.
The machine prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Confirm that the Brother printer driver is selected in your
application's Print window.
The machine prints the first couple of pages correctly,
then some pages have missing text.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Your machine is not receiving all of the data sent from the
computer. Make sure you connected the interface cable
correctly.
The machine does not print on both sides of the paper
even though the printer driver setting is 2-sided and the
machine supports automatic 2-sided printing.
Check the paper size setting in the printer driver. You
must select A4 paper. Supported paper weight is 60 to
163 g/m².
Print speed is too slow. Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest
resolution needs longer data processing, sending and
printing time.
If you have enabled the Quiet Mode, disable the Quiet
Mode on the printer driver or the machine's menu setting.
The machine does not feed paper. If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight.
If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful
to remove the paper, turn the stack over and place it back
in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then
try again.
(For models with MP Tray)Make sure MP Tray is not
selected for Paper Source in the printer driver.
(For models with Manual Feed Slot)Make sure Manual is
not selected for Paper Source in the printer driver.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
The machine does not feed paper from the MP tray.
(For models with MP Tray)
Fan the paper well and place it back in the MP tray firmly.
Make sure MP Tray is selected as Paper Source in the
printer driver.
The machine does not feed paper from the Manual feed
slot.
(For models with Manual Feed Slot)
Use both hands to push one sheet of paper firmly into the
manual feed slot until the top edge of the paper presses
against the paper feed rollers. Continue pressing the
paper against the rollers until the machine grabs the
paper and pulls it in further.
Put only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Make sure Manual is selected as Paper Source in the
printer driver.
The machine does not feed envelopes. (For models with Manual Feed Slot)Load one envelope at
a time in the manual feed slot. Your application must be
set to print the envelope size you are using. This is
495
Difficulties Suggestions
usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu
of your application.
(For models with MP Tray)Load envelopes in the MP tray.
Your application must be set to print the envelope size
you are using. This is usually done in the Page Setup or
Document Setup menu of your application.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
• Cancel a Print Job
• Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
• Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
• Load and Print Using the Multi‑purpose Tray (MP Tray)
496
Home > Troubleshooting > Improve the Print Quality
Improve the Print Quality
If you have a print quality problem, print a test page first. If the printout looks good, the problem is probably not
the machine. Check the interface cable connections and try printing a different document. If the printout or test
page printed from the machine has a quality problem, check the examples of poor print quality and follow the
recommendations in the table.
IMPORTANT
Using non-genuine supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
1. To get the best print quality, we suggest using recommended print media. Make sure you use paper that
meets our specifications.
2. Check that the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies are installed correctly.
Examples of poor print quality
Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
ABCD
abcde
01234
Printed pages are compressed, horizontal stripes appear,
or characters in the top, bottom, left, or right margins are
cut off
Adjust the print margins in your document's application
and reprint the job.
Coloured letters and thin letters in the original document
are light or faint in the copy
• Choose Text or Receipt in the copy quality setting.
• Adjust the copy density and contrast.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Colours are light or faint on the whole page
• Use the machine's LCD to perform calibration.See
Related Information: Calibrate Colour Output.
• Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are
copying.
• Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
See Related Information: Reduce Toner Consumption.
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Shake all four toner cartridges gently.
• Wipe the windows of all four LED heads with a dry,
soft lint-free cloth.
See Related Information: Clean the LED Heads.
497
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Vertical white streaks or bands appear on the page
• Wipe the windows of all four LED heads with a dry,
soft lint-free cloth.
• Wipe the scanner glass strip with a dry lint free soft
cloth.
• Make sure foreign material such as a torn piece of
paper, sticky notes, or dust is not inside the machine
or around the toner cartridge and drum unit
assemblies.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Vertical coloured streaks or bands appear on the page
• Wipe the scanner glass strip with a dry lint free soft
cloth.
• Clean all four corona wires (one for each colour)
inside the drum unit by sliding the green tab.
Make sure the green tab of the corona wire is in
the home position (1).
1
• Replace the toner cartridge that matches the colour of
the streak or band.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and
view the FAQs & Troubleshooting page for your
Brother model.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Horizontal coloured lines appear on the page
• Identify the colour causing the problem and replace
the toner cartridge that matches the colour of the line.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
498
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
White spots
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high humidity and high temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
• If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages,
the drum may have foreign material, such as glue
from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the
drum unit.
See Related Information: Clean the Drum Unit.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Blank page or some missing colours
• Identify the colour causing the problem and install a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Coloured spots at 94 mm
• If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages,
the drum may have foreign material, such as glue
from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the
drum unit.
See Related Information: Clean the Drum Unit.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
Coloured spots at 29 mm
• Identify the colour causing the problem and install a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Toner scatter or toner stain
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high humidity and high temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
• Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
The colour of your printouts is not what you expected
• To improve the colour density, calibrate the colours
using the LCD.
• To adjust the print position of colours for sharper
edges, perform the colour registration using the LCD.
499
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
• Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are
copying.
• Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
• If the print quality of the black portion is not what you
expected, select the Enhance Black Printing check
box in the printer driver.
• Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the
printer driver.
• Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Colour offset
• Make sure the machine is on a solid level surface.
• Perform the colour registration using the LCD.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
• Install a new belt unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Belt Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Uneven colour density across the page
• Perform the calibration using the LCD.
• Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are
copying.
• Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the
printer driver.
• Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
A
B
C
D
E
W X Y Z
Missing thin lines in images
• Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
• Change the print resolution.
• If you use a Windows printer driver, select Improve
Pattern Printing in Print Setting of the Basic tab.
500
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Wrinkled printout
• Check the paper type and quality.
• Make sure the back cover is closed correctly.
• Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcde fghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Ghosting images
• Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
low humidity and low temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
• Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Toner smears easily
• Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
• Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
• Select Improve Toner Fixing mode in the printer
driver.
If this selection does not provide enough
improvement, change the printer driver setting in
Media Type to a thick setting. If you are printing an
envelope, select Env. Thick in the media type setting.
Curled or wavy image
• Select Reduce Paper Curl mode in the printer driver.
If the problem is not solved, select Plain Paper in the
media type setting.
• If you are printing an envelope, select Env. Thin in the
Media Type Setting of the printer driver.
• If you do not use the machine often, the paper may
have been in the paper tray too long. Turn over the
stack of paper in the paper tray. Also, fan the paper
stack and then rotate the paper 180° in the paper tray.
• Store the paper where it will not be exposed to high
temperatures and high humidity.
• Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let the
printed paper exit onto the Face up output tray.
Envelope creases
• Make sure the envelope levers inside the back cover
are pulled down to the envelope position when you
print envelopes.
NOTE
When you have finished printing, open the back
cover and reset the two grey levers back to
their original position (1) by lifting them up until
they stop.
501
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
1
1
• (For models with MP Tray) If creases occur with the
envelope levers in the envelope position, print with the
back cover open and feed one envelope at a time
from the MP tray.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Test Print
• Clean the Drum Unit
• Calibrate Colour Output
• Reduce Toner Consumption
• Replace the Toner Cartridge
• Replace the Drum Unit
• Replace the Belt Unit
• Clean the LED Heads
502
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Suggestions
Dialling does not work. (No
dial tone)
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the
telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or
VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
If an external phone is connected to the machine, send a manual fax by lifting the
handset of the external telephone and dialling the number using the external telephone.
Wait to hear the fax receiving tones before sending fax.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line cord to
the socket. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is
still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line and/or wall socket.
The machine does not
answer when called.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is still no
answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and
the LINE socket of the machine. If there is no ringing when you call your machine, ask
your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties
Suggestions
Sending a Fax
Call to the
machine.
If you answered on an extension or external telephone, press your Remote Activation Code (the
factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external telephone, press the Start button to
receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features
on a single line.
If you have Call Waiting, Voice Mail, an answering machine, an alarm system or other custom
feature on a single telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or
receiving faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and its signal comes
through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a fax, the signal can temporarily
interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error Correction Mode) feature should help
overcome this problem. This condition is related to the telephone system industry and is common
to all devices that send and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If
avoiding a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate
telephone line with no custom features.
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot receive
a fax.
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone
wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact
your service provider for connection instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the
VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP). This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
503
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot receive
a fax.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the external devices
and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as the Brother machine.
• If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to automatically answer all
incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine, you should select the
External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your Brother machine will receive incoming faxes
automatically and voice callers will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to automatically
answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode. In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother
machine will receive faxes automatically and produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to
answer voice calls.
• If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes automatically, you should
select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must answer every incoming call and activate the
machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your Brother machine
answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
• If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to one ring.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay).
• If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings programmed on your
answering machine to two.
• If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
• If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly. Remember to reset
your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to your original setting. If receiving problems
recur after resetting the Ring Delay, then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering
the fax call before the machine has a chance to answer.
• If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber service may be
interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem with your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the same line as the
Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up correctly.
1. Set your answering machine to answer in one or two rings.
2. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
• Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
• Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
• End your outgoing message with your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual
faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
3. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
4. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Fax Detect feature is turned On. Fax Detect is a feature that
allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an external or extension telephone.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are
using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to Basic(for VoIP).
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot send a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the
telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or
VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.
Make sure you pressed Fax and the machine is in Fax mode.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
504
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot send a fax. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Poor sending quality. Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your machine’s
scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
Transmission Verification
Report says
RESULT:ERROR.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again. If
you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:ERROR on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. To free up extra memory, you
can turn off Fax Storage, print fax messages in memory or cancel a delayed fax. If the
problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your telephone line.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line
or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to Basic(for
VoIP).
Sent faxes are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly. When using the ADF, the document
should be face up. When using the scanner glass, the document should be face down.
Vertical black lines when
sending.
Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on
the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
Printing received faxes
Difficulties
Suggestions
• Condensed print
• Horizontal streaks
• Top and bottom sentences are cut
off
• Missing lines
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your
copy looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or
interference on the telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
Vertical black lines when receiving The corona wires for printing may be dirty.Clean the corona wires in the
drum unit.
The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if
the problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax
machine.
Received faxes appear as split or blank
pages.
Left and right margins are cut off or a single page is printed on two pages.
Turn on Auto Reduction.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Set Dial Tone Detection
• Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
• Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
• Choose the Correct Receive Mode
505
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone].
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection]
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Telephone and Fax Problems
506
Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Telephone Line Compatibility for
Interference and VoIP Systems
Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Problems sending and receiving faxes due to possible interference on the telephone line may be solved by
reducing the modem speed to minimise errors in fax transmission. If you are using a Voice over IP (VoIP)
service, Brother recommends changing the compatibility to Basic (for VoIP).
• VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
• Telephone providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility].
2. Press the option you want.
• Select [High] to set the modem speed to 33600 bps.
• Select [Normal] to set the modem speed to 14400 bps.
• Select [Basic(for VoIP)] to reduce the modem speed to 9600 bps and turn off Error Correction
Mode (ECM). Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use
this option only when needed.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Telephone and Fax Problems
507
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems
Network Problems
• Error Messages
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
508
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Error Messages
Error Messages
Your Brother machine will display an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the table.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Error Messages
Cause Action
Cannot Connect
Maximum limit of
connected devices
has been reached.
The maximum number of
mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother
machine is the Group Owner
(G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother machine
and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the
connection status by printing the Network Configuration
Report.
Authentication
Error, contact
your
administrator.
Your authentication setting for
the Store Print Log to Network
feature is not correct.
• Make sure the Username and Password in
Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is
part of a domain, enter the username in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
• Make sure the time of the log file server matches the
time from the SNTP server, or the Date&Time settings.
• Make sure the SNTP time server settings are configured
correctly so the time matches the time used for
authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2. If there is no
SNTP server, make sure the Date&Time and Time
Zone settings are set correctly using Web Based
Management or the control panel so the machine
matches the time being used by the server providing the
authentication.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to
the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-Fi
Direct settings again.
Connection Fail
The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure you
have entered the correct PIN.
File Access
Error, contact
your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
access the destination folder
for the Store Print Log to
Network feature.
• Make sure the stored directory name is correct.
• Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled.
• Make sure the file is not locked.
Log Access Error
In Web Based Management,
you have selected the Cancel
Print option in the Error
Detection Setting of Store
Print Log to Network.
Wait for about 60 seconds until this message disappears
from the LCD.
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
machine cannot find your
mobile device.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the
Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network,
make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to
obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your
mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
509
Error Messages Cause Action
Server Timeout,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the server for the
Store Print Log to Network
feature.
• Make sure your server address is correct.
• Make sure your server is connected to the network.
• Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
Wrong Date&Time,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine does not
obtain the time from the SNTP
time server or you have not
configured the Date&Time for
the machine.
• Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server
are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
• Confirm the Date&Time settings of your machine are
correct in Web Based Management.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Error Messages
Cause Action
The maximum
number of devices
are already
connected using
Wi-Fi Direct.
The maximum number of
mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother
machine is the Group Owner
(G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother machine
and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the
connection status by printing the Network Configuration
Report.
Authentication
Error, contact
your
administrator.
Your authentication setting for
the Store Print Log to Network
feature is not correct.
• Make sure the Username and Password in
Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is
part of a domain, enter the username in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
• Make sure the time of the log file server matches the
time from the SNTP server, or the Date&Time settings.
• Make sure the SNTP time server settings are configured
correctly so the time matches the time used for
authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2. If there is no
SNTP server, make sure the Date&Time and Time
Zone settings are set correctly using Web Based
Management or the control panel so the machine
matches the time being used by the server providing the
authentication.
Connection Error
Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
• Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect
to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed
The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure you
have entered the correct PIN.
File Access
Error, contact
your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
access the destination folder
for the Store Print Log to
Network feature.
• Make sure the stored directory name is correct.
• Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled.
• Make sure the file is not locked.
In Web Based Management,
you have selected the Cancel
Print option in the Error
Detection Setting of Store
Print Log to Network.
Wait for about 60 seconds until this message disappears
from the LCD.
No Device
When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
machine cannot find your
mobile device.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the
Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an
obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network,
make sure you have entered the correct password.
510
Error Messages Cause Action
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how
to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of
your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Server Timeout,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the server for the
Store Print Log to Network
feature.
• Make sure your server address is correct.
• Make sure your server is connected to the network.
• Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
Wrong Date&Time,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine does not
obtain the time from the SNTP
time server or you have not
configured the Date&Time for
the machine.
• Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server
are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
• Confirm the Date&Time settings of your machine are
correct in Web Based Management.
Related Information
• Network Problems
511
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
• Windows 7/Windows 8/Windows 10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
• Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools
in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows 8/
Windows 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click
Network Connection Repair Tool.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report or the Printer Settings page.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
• Network Problems
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
512
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup
Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to
resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Action Interface
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not
correct.
• Confirm the security settings using Wireless Setup Helper. For
more information and to download the utility, go to your model's
Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
• Select and confirm that you are using the correct security
settings.
- See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router for information on how to find the security
settings.
- The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security
settings.
- Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Wireless
Your Brother machine's MAC
address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the
filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's
control panel.
Wireless
Your wireless LAN access
point/router is in stealth
mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
• Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
• Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions
supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and
reconfigure the wireless network setup.
Wireless
Your security settings (SSID/
password) are not correct.
• Confirm the SSID and password.
- When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID
and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your
mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID
and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s
screen.
Wi-Fi Direct
You are using Android
™
4.0.
If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after
using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.
Wi-Fi Direct
Your Brother machine is
placed too far from your
mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 metre) of the
mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for
example) between your
machine and the mobile
device.
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area. Wi-Fi Direct
There is a wireless
computer, Bluetooth
®
-
supported device,
microwave oven, or digital
cordless phone near the
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile
device.
Wi-Fi Direct
514
Cause Action Interface
Brother machine or the
mobile device.
If you have checked and
tried all of the above, but still
cannot complete the Wi-Fi
Direct configuration, do the
following:
• Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
• If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
Wi-Fi Direct
For Windows
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
• Network Problems
• Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
• Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
515
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX
Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the
Network
Cause Action Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The Network scanning
feature does not work. )
• Windows
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type
the information below:
- In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
- In Port number:
Type 54925.
- In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
• Mac
(Brother iPrint&Scan)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-
click the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan
window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then
follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
(TWAIN driver)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother >
TWAIN Driver Utility, and then double-click the Device Selector
icon. The Device Selector window appears. Reselect your network
machine, make sure Status is idle, and then click OK.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not
work.)
(Windows)
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To
add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
• In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
• In Port number:
Type 54926.
• In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
Some security software might block access without showing a security
alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask
the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine was
not assigned an available
IP address.
• Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your
computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the
same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
• Windows
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
Wired/Wireless
516
Cause Action Interface
The failed print job is still
in your computer's print
queue.
• If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
• Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and
cancel all documents:
- Windows 7
Click
(Start) > Devices and Printers.
- Windows 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers.
- Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
- Windows Server 2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers.
- Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers >
Printers.
- Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware
group, click View devices and printers.
- Mac
Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine is
not connected to the
wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.
Related Information
• Network Problems
• Print the WLAN Report
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
517
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working
Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check Action Interface
Check that your Brother
machine, access point/
router, or network hub is
turned on.
Check the following:
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is
blinking.
• All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
• The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed correctly.
• The machine's cover is fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Wired/Wireless
Check the Link Status
in the Network
Configuration Report or
the Printer Settings
page.
Print the Network Configuration Report and check that Ethernet Link
Status or Wireless Link Status is Link OK.
Wired/Wireless
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother
machine from your
computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows command prompt or Mac Terminal
application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
• Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
• Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
(Windows)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Mac)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
• Network Problems
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Print the WLAN Report
• Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
• Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
• My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
518
Home > Troubleshooting > Google Cloud Print Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud Print
™
is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google
Cloud Print
™
. If it is not registered, try to register again.
I cannot print. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See Related Information.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear
exactly as they are displayed.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud
Print
™
.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with
Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your
machine.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother
machine when I try to register with Google Cloud Print
™
,
even after repeating the registration steps.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are
registering with Google Cloud Print
™
.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
519
Home > Troubleshooting > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your Brother machine.
I cannot print. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS
device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more
information about AirPrint:
support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
• AirPrint Overview
520
Home > Troubleshooting > Other Problems
Other Problems
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine will not turn on. Adverse conditions on the power connection (such as
lightning or a power surge) may have triggered the
machine’s internal safety mechanisms. Unplug the power
cord. Wait for ten minutes, then plug in the power cord
and press
to turn on the machine.
If the problem is not solved and you are using a power
breaker, disconnect it to make sure it is not the problem.
Plug the machine's power cord directly into a different
known working wall electrical socket. If there is still no
power, try a different power cable.
The machine cannot print EPS data that includes binary
with the BR-Script3 printer driver.
(Windows)
To print EPS data, do the following:
1. For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2:
Click the
Start button > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008:
Click the (Start) button > Control Panel >
Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012:
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
1
group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016:
Click
> Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server 2012 R2:
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 icon,
select Printer properties.
3. From the Device Settings tab, choose TBCP (Tagged
binary communication protocol) in Output Protocol.
The Brother software cannot be installed.
(Windows)
If the Security Software warning appears on the computer
screen during the installation, change the Security
Software settings to permit the Brother product setup
program or other program to run.
(Mac)
If you are using a firewall function of anti-spyware or
antivirus security software, temporarily disable it and then
install the Brother software.
1
For Windows Server 2012: Hardware and Sound
Copying difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot make a copy. Make sure you pressed Copy and the machine is in Copy
mode.
521
Difficulties Suggestions
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Vertical black line appears in copies. Black vertical lines on copies are typically caused by dirt
or correction fluid on the glass strip, or the corona wires
are dirty. Clean the glass strip and scanner glass and the
white bar and white plastic above them.
Copies are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
Scanning difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
TWAIN or WIA errors appear when starting to scan.
(Windows)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected
as the primary source in your scanning application. For
example, in Nuance
™
PaperPort
™
14SE, click Desktop >
Scan Settings > Select to select the Brother TWAIN/WIA
driver.
TWAIN errors appear when starting to scan. (Mac) Make sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the
primary source.
OCR does not work. Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Cannot scan. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function
Lock Settings.
Software difficulties
Difficulties
Suggestions
Cannot install software or print. (Windows )
Run the install program again. This program will repair
and reinstall the software.
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
522
Home > Troubleshooting > Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number and firmware version.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Parts Life
Check the supplies' life that remains available.
4. Press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version
Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check
View firmware information on the Main Home screen.
Page Counter
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Parts Life
Check the percentage of the supplies' life that remains available.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Troubleshooting
523
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Reset] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to choose the type of reset you want to perform, and then press OK.
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models.
5. Press the option in the table to reset the machine or to exit the process.
Option Description
a Reset the machine.
b The machine will exit and cancel the reset menu.
The LCD displays [Reboot OK?].
6. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the process.
Option Description
a Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
b The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the type of reset functions, and then press the reset function you
want to use.
• The network settings, the security settings and address book data will not be reset by the [Machine
Reset].
• If you discard or transfer the machine, we recommend accomplishment of the [Factory Reset] to
erase the personal data in the machine.
3. [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to confirm.]
appears. Press [OK] for two seconds to confirm.
You can also reset the Network settings by pressing [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]
> [Network Reset].
The machine will restart.
524
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
The following reset functions are available:
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models.
1. Machine Reset
This function resets the following settings:
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory (For MFC Models)
(Delayed Fax, Batch TX)
• Coverpage Message (For MFC Models)
• Remote Fax Options (For MFC Models)
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, PC-Fax Send, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows
only))
• Setting Lock (For MFC Models)
• Language Setting
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models)
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models)
This function resets the following settings:
• Address Book
(One Touch Dial / Speed Dial / Setup Groups)
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory
• Station ID
(name and number)
• Coverpage Message
• Remote Fax Options
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows only))
• Report
(Transmission Verification Report/ Tel Index List/Fax Journal)
• Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset
You can reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory.
All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
526
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Machine Reset
Reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
The Address Book, fax reports, and Call history will remain. (For MFC Models)
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models)
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models)
This function resets the following settings:
• Address Book
(Addresses and Groups)
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory
(Delayed Fax)
• Station ID
(name and number)
• Coverpage Message
• Fax receive settings
(Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows only))
• Report
(Transmission Verification Report / Tel Index List / Fax Journal)
• Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset
Reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory.
All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function
or Factory Reset function.
Related Information
• Reset Your Brother Machine
527
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies
Replace Supplies
You must replace supplies when the machine indicates that the life of the supply is over.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability. The toner
cartridge and drum unit are two separate supplies. Make sure both are installed as an assembly. The model
name of supplies may vary depending on the country.
NOTE
• Be sure to seal up the used supplies tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the
cartridge.
• Visit
www.brother.com/original/index.html for instructions on how to return your used supplies to the
Brother collection and recycling program. If your local Brother office does not have the collection program
yet, or you choose not to return your used supply, discard the used supply according to local regulations,
keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions, contact your local waste disposal office.
• We recommend placing used and new supplies on a piece of paper to prevent accidentally spilling or
scattering the material inside.
• If you use paper that is not a direct equivalent for the recommended print media, the life of supplies and
machine parts may be reduced.
• The projected life for each of the toner cartridges is based on ISO/IEC 19798. Frequency of replacement
will vary depending on the print volume, percentage of coverage, types of media used, and powering
on/off the machine.
• Frequency of replacing supplies except toner cartridges will vary depending on the print volume, types of
media used, and powering on/off the machine.
• Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, immediately wipe or wash
it off with cold water.
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner Cartridge
Drum Unit
529
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Toner Cartridge
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour shown on the LCD.
531
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
4. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.
532
5. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
6. Remove the protective cover.
The shape of the toner cartridge will vary depending on your country and region.
7. Insert the new toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
8. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.
Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the
arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
533
9. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
10. Close the machine's top cover.
• After replacing a toner cartridge, DO NOT turn the machine off or open the top cover until the machine's
display returns to Ready Mode.
• The toner cartridge that comes with your Brother machine is an Inbox toner cartridge.
• We recommend keeping a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning.
• To ensure high quality printing, we recommend using only Brother Original toner cartridges. When you
want to buy toner cartridges, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• DO NOT unpack the new toner cartridge until you are ready to install it.
• If a toner cartridge is left unpacked for a long time, the toner life will be shortened.
• Brother strongly recommends you DO NOT refill the toner cartridge provided with your machine. We
also strongly recommend you continue to use only Brother Original replacement toner cartridges. Use
or attempted use of third-party toner and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to the
machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our limited warranty coverage does not apply
to any problem that is caused by the use of third party toner and/or cartridges. To protect your
investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the
use of Brother Original Supplies.
Related Information
• Replace Supplies
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Improve the Print Quality
534
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
>> Replace the Drum Unit
>> Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
>> Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Replace the Drum Unit
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour shown on the LCD.
535
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
4. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.
536
5. Unpack the new drum unit.
6. Remove the protective cover.
7. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the new drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
8. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.
Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the
arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
537
9. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
10. Close the machine's top cover.
11. Reset the drum counter by following the next section.
NOTE
• Drum wear and tear occurs due to use and rotation of the drum and interaction with paper, toner and
other materials in the paper path. In designing this product, Brother decided to use the number of
rotations of the drum as a reasonable determinant of the drum life. When a drum reaches the factory-
established rotation limit corresponding to the rated page yield, the product’s LCD will advise you to
replace the drum. The product will continue to function; however, print quality may not be optimal.
• If an unpacked drum unit is placed in direct sunlight (or artificial light for long periods of time), the unit
may be damaged.
• There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as the temperature, humidity, type of
paper, type of toner used and so on. Under ideal conditions, the average drum life is estimated at
approximately 18,000 pages based on one page per job [A4/letter simplex pages]. The number of pages
may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot
guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum.
• For best performance, use only Brother Original toner.
• The machine should be used only in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.
Printing with a non-Brother drum unit may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of
the machine itself. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of a non-Brother
drum unit.
IMPORTANT
• To avoid print quality issues or damage to the machine, DO NOT reset the drum counter unless you are
replacing the drum unit.
• If you reset the drum counter without replacing the drum unit, the machine will not be able to correctly
calculate the remaining drum life.
• Using non-genuine Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine
reliability.
Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Make sure the machine's cover is closed.
3. Hold down OK as you press a.
538
4. Press OK to select [Drum].
5. Press a or b to display the toner colour for the drum unit you just replaced, and then press OK.
6. Press a to reset the drum counter.
Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold
for about five seconds.
3. Press [Drum].
4. Select the toner colour for the drum unit you just replaced.
5. Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Replace Supplies
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Improve the Print Quality
539
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Belt Unit
Replace the Belt Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
>> Replace the Belt Unit
>> Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
>> Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Replace the Belt Unit
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
540
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
4. Hold the green handle of the belt unit and lift the belt unit up, and then pull it out without letting it touch the
machine.
541
5. Unpack the new belt unit and insert it into the machine.
NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
6. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
542
BK
C
M
Y
7. Close the machine's top cover.
8. Reset the belt unit counter by following the next section.
IMPORTANT
• To avoid print quality issues or damage to the machine, DO NOT reset the belt unit counter unless you
are replacing the belt unit.
• Using non-genuine Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine
reliability.
Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Make sure the machine's cover is closed.
3. Hold down OK as you press a.
4. Press a or b to display the [Belt] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a to reset the belt counter.
Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press and hold for about five seconds.
3. Press [Belt].
4. Press [Yes].
Related Information
• Replace Supplies
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Improve the Print Quality
543
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Waste Toner Box
Replace the Waste Toner Box
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
544
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
4. Hold the green handle of the belt unit and lift the belt unit up, and then pull it out without letting it touch the
machine.
545
5. Remove the orange packing material and discard it.
This step is only necessary when you are replacing the waste toner box for the first time, and is not
required for the replacement waste toner box. The orange packing pieces are installed at the factory to
protect your machine during shipment.
6. Hold the green handle of the waste toner box and remove the waste toner box from the machine.
DO NOT reuse the waste toner box.
7. Unpack the new waste toner box and install the new waste toner box in the machine. Make sure the waste
toner box is level and fits firmly into place.
546
8. Reinsert the belt unit into the machine.
NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
9. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
547
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine
Clean the Machine
Clean the outside and inside of the machine regularly with a dry, lint-free cloth.
When you replace the toner cartridge or the drum unit, make sure you clean the inside of the machine. If printed
pages are stained with toner, clean the inside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth.
WARNING
• DO NOT use flammable substances, any type of spray, or an organic solvent/liquid containing alcohol or
ammonia to clean the inside or outside of the product. Doing so could cause a fire. Instead, use only a
dry, lint-free cloth.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
• To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner Cartridge
Drum Unit
549
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the white plastic surface (2) and scanner glass (3) underneath it with a soft
lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1
2
3
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the scanner glass strip (2) underneath it with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water.
1
2
4. Open the scanner glass cover (1), and then clean the other white bar (2) and scanner glass strip (3)
(supported models only).
1
2
3
5. Close the document cover.
6. Press
to turn the machine on.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
551
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the LED Heads
Clean the LED Heads
If there is a problem with the print quality, such as light or faded colours, white streaks, or bands that run down
the page, clean the LED heads as follows:
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
3. Wipe each LED head window (1) with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth. Do not touch the windows with your fingers.
1
1
4. Close the machine's top cover.
5. Press
to turn the machine on.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
• Improve the Print Quality
552
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use any type of liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Clean the touchscreen with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
3. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
553
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Corona Wires
Clean the Corona Wires
1. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
2. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
554
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
3. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.
Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the
arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
4. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
555
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Drum Unit
Clean the Drum Unit
If your printout has black or white dots or other repeating marks at 94 mm intervals, the drum may have foreign
material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode.
2. Press Menu.
3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select [Drum Dot Print]. Press OK.
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
4. Press and hold
to turn the machine off.
5. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
6. The colour of printed dots on the Drum Dot Check Sheet is the colour of the drum you should clean. Remove
the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly that matches the colour causing the problem.
557
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
7. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.
558
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear.
8. Lift the drum unit frame by the handle and rotate it counterclockwise, as shown.
9. Loosen your grip so the frame drops forward, and then use your right hand to locate the drum unit gear inside
the right side of the frame.
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear.
10. Tilt your left hand up to lift the frame so the numbered grid is visible, as shown. Use your right hand to rotate
the drum while you look for marks or debris on the drum surface.
559
Use the column numbers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a dot in column 2 on the
Drum Dot Check Sheet would mean that there is a mark in the “2” region of the drum.
11. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
12. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
560
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
13. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
14. Close the machine's top cover.
15. Press
to turn the machine on.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Drum Dot Print].
3. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
4. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
5. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
561
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
6. The colour of printed dots on the Drum Dot Check Sheet is the colour of the drum you should clean. Remove
the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly that matches the colour causing the problem.
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with
disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the
illustration.
562
7. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear.
8. Lift the drum unit frame by the handle and rotate it counterclockwise, as shown.
9. Loosen your grip so the frame drops forward, and then use your right hand to locate the drum unit gear inside
the right side of the frame.
563
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear.
10. Tilt your left hand up to lift the frame so the numbered grid is visible, as shown. Use your right hand to rotate
the drum while you look for marks or debris on the drum surface.
Use the column numbers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a dot in column 2 on the
Drum Dot Check Sheet would mean that there is a mark in the “2” region of the drum.
11. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.
564
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
12. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
13. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
14. Close the machine's top cover.
15. Press
to turn the machine on.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
• Improve the Print Quality
565
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly.
If you have paper feed problems, clean the pick-up rollers as follows:
1. Press and hold
to turn the machine off.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. If paper is loaded or something is stuck inside in the paper tray, remove it.
4. Tightly wring out a lint-free cloth soaked in lukewarm water, and then wipe the separator pad on the paper
tray to remove dust.
5. Wipe the two pick-up rollers inside the machine to remove dust.
6. Reload the paper and put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
7. Press
to turn the machine on.
Related Information
• Clean the Machine
• Printing Problems
566
Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output
Calibrate Colour Output
The output density for each colour may vary depending on the machine’s environment, including factors like
temperature and humidity. Calibrating your machine helps improve the output colour density.
If you are using the Mac printer driver, the printer driver automatically retrieves the calibration data. To
retrieve the data manually, you must perform the calibration using Brother's Status Monitor.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [Clr Correction]. Press OK.
c. Select [Calibration]. Press OK.
d. Select [Calibrate]. Press OK.
3. Press a to select the [Yes] option.
Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Toner] > [Calibration] > [Calibrate].
2. Press [Yes].
Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
• Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
• Error and Maintenance Messages
• Improve the Print Quality
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
• Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
567
Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output > Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
If the output colour differs from what you see on your monitor, try resetting your machine's calibration
parameters.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [Clr Correction]. Press OK.
c. Select [Calibration]. Press OK.
d. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
3. Press a to select the [Reset] option.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Toner] > [Calibration] > [Reset].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• Calibrate Colour Output
568
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
If solid areas of colour or images have cyan, magenta or yellow fringes, use the Colour Registration function.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [Clr Correction]. Press OK.
c. Select [Registration]. Press OK.
3. Press a to select the [Yes] option.
Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Toner] > [Registration].
2. Press [Yes].
Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more.
3. Press .
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
569
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check the Remaining Part Life
Check the Remaining Part Life
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Machine Info.]. Press OK.
b. Select [Parts Life]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the machine part you want to check, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] > [Parts Life].
2. Press the machine part you want to check.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life.
3. Press
.
To display the approximate remaining life of the toner cartridge, press on the LCD.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
570
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
WARNING
• This product is heavy and weighs more than 21.7 kg. To prevent possible injuries, at least two people
should lift the product by holding it at the front and back.
• When you move the machine, carry the machine as shown in the illustration.
• If for any reason you must ship your machine, carefully repack the machine in the original packaging to
avoid any damage during transit. The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. Leave the machine off for at least 10 minutes to cool down.
2. Disconnect all the cables, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
3. Put the machine into the bag it originally came in.
4. Pack the machine, the printed materials, and the AC power cord (if applicable) in the original carton with the
original packing material as shown.
571
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
Replace the following parts regularly to maintain print quality. The parts listed below must be replaced after
printing approximately 50,000 pages
1
for the Fuser Unit, PF Kit for the Paper Tray, and PF Kit MP.
Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer when the following message appears on the LCD:
LCD Message Description
Replace Fuser
2
Replace the Fuser Unit.
Replace PF Kit1
2
Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Paper Tray.
Replace PF KitMP
2
Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Multi-purpose Tray.
Related Information
• Routine Maintenance
1
Letter or A4 size single-sided pages
2
Replacement frequency depends on the complexity of printed pages, percentage of coverage, and the type of media used.
573
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
Your menu settings are stored permanently, and in the event of a power failure will not be lost.Temporary settings
(for example, Contrast, Overseas Mode) will be lost.
• During a power failure, the machine will retain the date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for
example: Delayed Fax) for approximately 60 hours. Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
576
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
• Adjust the Machine's Volume
• Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
• Set Sleep Mode Countdown
• About Deep Sleep Mode
• Set Auto Power Off Mode
• Set the Date and Time
• Set the Time Zone
• Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
• Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
• Set Your Station ID
• Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
• Reduce Toner Consumption
• Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
• Reduce Printing Noise
• Change the Language on the LCD
577
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the Machine's Volume
Adjust the Machine's Volume
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Beep]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [High], [Med], [Low], or [Off] option, and then press OK.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following:
• For MFC models:
Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume].
• For DCP models:
Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Beep].
2. Press one of the following options (MFC models):
(The options will vary depending on your machine.)
• [Ring]
Adjust the ring volume.
• [Beep]
Adjust the volume of the beep you hear when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or
receive a fax.
• [Speaker]
Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Select the [Off], [Low], [Med] or [High] option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
578
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the autumn. Make sure you have set the
correct date and time in the Date & Time setting.
This feature is available only in some countries.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Daylight]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Auto
Daylight].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
579
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or
a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
• You can choose how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
• The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a print job.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Sleep Time] option, and then press OK.
5. Enter the length of time the machine (maximum 50 minutes) is idle before entering Sleep Mode, and then
press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Sleep Time].
2. Enter the length of time (maximum 50 minutes) the machine will remain idle before entering Sleep Mode, and
then press [OK].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
580
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > About
Deep Sleep Mode
About Deep Sleep Mode
If the machine is in Sleep mode and does not receive any jobs for certain length of time, the machine will
automatically enter Deep Sleep mode. The length of time is based on your specific model and settings.
Deep Sleep mode uses less power than Sleep mode.
Applicable Models
Machine's Control Panel in Deep
Sleep Mode
Conditions That Will Wake the
Machine
DCP-L3510CDW/
DCP-L3517CDW
The LCD displays Deep Sleep. • The machine receives a job.
• Someone presses a button on the
control panel.
DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
The LCD backlight turns off and the
Power LED brightens and dims.
• The machine receives a job.
• Someone presses
, or the
touchscreen LCD.
Related Information
• General Settings
581
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Auto Power Off Mode
Set Auto Power Off Mode
If the machine is in Deep Sleep Mode for certain length of time, based on your model and settings, the machine
will go into Power Off Mode automatically. The machine does not go into Power Off Mode when the machine is
connected to a network or a telephone line , or has secure print data in the memory(Available only for certain
models).
• To start printing, press on the control panel and then send a print job.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Auto Power Off] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [8hours], [4hours], [2hours], [1hour], or [Off] option, and then press
OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Press the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours] or [8hours] option you want.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
582
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to set the last two digits of the year. Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the month and
day.
4. Press a or b to display the [12h Clock] or [24h Clock] option, and then press OK.
5. Do one of the following:
• If you selected [12h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, press a or b to set the hour.
Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the minute.
Press a or b to display the [AM] or [PM] option, and then press OK.
• If you selected [24h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, press a or b to set the hour.
Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the minute.
(For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Date].
2. Enter the last two digits of the year using the LCD, and then press [OK].
3. Enter the two digits for the month using the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Enter the two digits for the day using the LCD, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Time].
6. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
(For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
7. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
583
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Time Zone
Set the Time Zone
Set the time zone for your location on the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK.
c. Select [Time Zone]. Press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the time zone. Press OK.
4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Time Zone].
2. Enter your time zone.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
584
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med] or [Dark] option.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
585
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim Timer].
2. Press the option you want:
• [10Secs]
• [30Secs]
• [1Min]
• [2Mins]
• [3Mins]
• [5Mins]
3. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
586
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set the machine to print your Station ID and the fax's date and time at the top of each fax you send.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID] > [Fax].
2. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Tel].
4. Enter your telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Name].
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters. (The characters available
may differ depending on your country.)
• If you enter an incorrect character, press d or c to move the cursor to it and press
. Press the
correct character.
• To enter a space, press [Space] or c.
• For more detailed information, see Related Information.
7. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
• How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
• Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
587
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialling service. If you have a Pulse dialling (rotary) service, you must
change the dialling mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
588
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Toner Consumption
Reduce Toner Consumption
Using the Toner Save feature may reduce toner consumption. When Toner Save is set to on, the print on your
documents appears lighter.
We DO NOT recommend using the Toner Save feature for printing photo or greyscale images.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Toner Save] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Toner Save].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
• Improve the Print Quality
589
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Prevent
Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
This feature prevents users from sending a fax or call to the wrong number by mistake. You can set the machine
to restrict dialling when you use the dial pad, Address Book and Shortcuts.
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Dial Restriction].
2. Press one of the following options:
• [Dial Pad]
• [Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialling, the numbers will be recognised as dial pad input and
will not be restricted.
• [Shortcuts]
3. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine prompts you to re-enter the number, and then if you re-enter the same
number correctly, the machine will start dialling. If you re-enter the wrong number, the LCD
will display an error message.
On
The machine restricts all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialling method.
Off
The machine does not restrict the dialling method.
• The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone before entering the number.
You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
• If you choose [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press .
Related Information
• General Settings
590
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower. The factory setting is off.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display the [Quiet Mode] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK.
6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
591
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Language on the LCD
Change the Language on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the [Local Language] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to display your language, and then press OK.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press
.
Related Information
• General Settings
592
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as
your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. Press
[Shortcuts]. (If [Shortcuts] is displayed.)
2. Press a tab.
3. Press
where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press [Copy].
5. Press > to access the preset copy settings.
6. Swipe to display the copy presets, and then press the copy preset you want.
7. Press [Options].
8. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to
change.
9. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option
you want.
Repeat these two steps until you have selected all the settings and options you want.
10. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
11. Press [Save as Shortcut].
12. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
13. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Related Information
• Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
594
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them,
and then add a new Shortcut.
1. Press [Shortcuts]. (If [Shortcuts] is displayed.)
2. Press a tab to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press the Shortcut you want to change.
The settings for the Shortcut you selected appear.
To delete the Shortcut or edit the name, press and hold the Shortcut until the options appear, and then
follow the on-screen menus.
4. Press [Options].
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut if needed.
6. Press [OK] (if needed).
7. When finished, press [Save as Shortcut].
8. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
• To overwrite the Shortcut, press [Yes].
• If you do not want to overwrite the Shortcut, press [No] to enter a new Shortcut name.
Enter a new name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
To edit the name, hold down to delete the current name.
Related Information
• Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
595
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
XMIT Verify (MFC models)
The XMIT Verify report prints a Transmission Verification Report of your last transmission.
Address Book (MFC models)
The Address Book report prints an alphabetical list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book
memory.
Fax Journal (MFC models)
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive.)
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings report prints a list of your current printer settings.
Network Configuration (Models with network functionality)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
Print File List
The Print File List prints a list of the fonts and print macros stored in the machine.
Drum Dot Print
The Drum Dot Print prints the drum dot sheet, which helps when it is time to clean the drum unit.
WLAN Report (Models with wireless network functionality)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Related Information
• Print Reports
597
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Print a
Report
Print a Report
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu.
2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press OK.
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press it.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you choose [XMIT Verify], do one of the following:
- To view the Transmission Verification Report, press [View on LCD].
- To print the Transmission Verification Report, press [Print Report].
• If you choose other reports, go to next step.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press
.
Related Information
• Print Reports
598
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
The Settings tables will help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the machine’s
programs.
• Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
• Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
• Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
• Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
• Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
599
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
[General Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and
type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper
Type settings match.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
Ecology Eco Mode
Turn the following machine settings on at the same time.
• 2-sided Print:Long Edge(Available only for certain models)
• Sleep Time:0Min
Toner Save
Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode.
Quiet Mode
Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power
Off
Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode
before going into Power Off mode.
LCD Contrast
- Adjust the LCD contrast.
Setting Lock
- Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine’s settings.
Delete Storage Macro ID
Delete the registered Macro data.
Font ID
Delete the registered Font data.
Format
Restore the Macro and Font data of your machine to the default settings.
[Copy]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Density
- Adjust the density.
Quality
- Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast for copies.
Colour Adjust Red
Adjust the red colour.
Green
Adjust the green colour.
Blue
Adjust the blue colour.
ID Copy Density
Adjust the density.
Quality
Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast for copies.
2in1/1in1
Make 2 in 1 ID copies.
[Printer]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Set the printer emulation mode.
600
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Quality
- - Select the print quality.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided Print
- Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long
edge or short edge.
Single Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image,
select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time.
Auto Continue
- - Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper
size errors, and to use the paper in the tray.
Output Colour
- - Set the output colour.
Tray Command
- - Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when you
use the HP drivers.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
Clr Correction Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
Auto Correct
- Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and
Registration automatically.
ColourSettings Setting Mode
Select whether to apply the colour print settings of the
machine or the printer driver.
Colour Mode
Select the colour mode.
Improve Gray
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded
areas.
Enhance Black
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print correctly.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Red
Adjust the red colour.
Green
Adjust the green colour.
Blue
Adjust the blue colour.
[Network]
For wired and wireless network models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP Boot Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
601
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP WINS Server Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wired network settings to the factory
settings.
Wired Enable
- - Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off manually.
WLAN TCP/IP Boot Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
the one-button push method.
WPS w/PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal
strength.
Channel
- View the current wireless network channel.
Speed
- View the current wireless network speed.
602
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN WLAN Status SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wireless network settings to the
factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using the one-button push method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status Info. Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Channel
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
Speed
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the factory
settings.
For wireless network models
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN TCP/IP Boot Method
- Select the Boot method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(Up to 32 characters)
WINS Config
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS
server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS
server.
603
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN TCP/IP APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP address from
the link-local address range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure your wireless network settings
manually.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
the Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
the one-button push method.
WPS w/PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network signal
strength.
Channel
- View the current wireless network channel.
Speed
- View the current wireless network speed.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
WLAN Enable
- - Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using the one-button push method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the LCD
displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP Address.
Status Info. Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Channel
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
Speed
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to the factory
settings.
[Print Reports]
Level 1
Descriptions
User Settings
Print a list of your settings.
Print Settings
Print a list of your Printer settings.
604
Level 1 Descriptions
Network Config
Print a list of your Network settings.
PrintFileList
Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
[Machine Info.]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No.
- Display the machine's serial number.
Version Main Version
Display the main firmware version.
Sub1 Version
Display the sub firmware version.
Page Counter Total
Check the total number of pages the machine has printed during its life.
Copy
Print
Other
Parts Life Toner
View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.
Drum
Display the remaining life of each drum unit.
Belt
Display the remaining life of the belt unit.
Fuser
Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.
PF Kit 1
Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.
[Secure Print]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
(Select User) (Select Secure Print
Job)
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you enter your four-
digit password.
Active only when the machine has secure print data.
[Initial Setup]
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
Date&Time Date&Time
Access the Date and Time setting menus.
Auto Daylight
(Available only for some
countries)
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Reset Machine Reset
Restore all the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
(For models with network
functionality)
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory
settings.
Factory Reset
Restores all the machine's settings to the factory defaults.
Perform this operation when you dispose of your machine.
Local Language
(Available only for
certain models)
- Change your LCD language.
605
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
[Settings]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Date & Time
- Access the Date and Time setting menus.
Toner Toner Life
- View the approximate remaining toner life for each
colour.
Test Print
- Print a test page.
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct
colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default
settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
Network Wired LAN
(MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
- Access the Wired LAN setting menus.
WLAN
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
- Access the WLAN setting menus.
Screen
Settings
- - Access the default screen setting menus.
Eco Mode
- - Turn the following machine settings on at the same
time.
• 2-sided Print: Long Edge (Available only for
certain models)
• Sleep Time: 0Min
• Dim Timer: 10Secs
Tray Setting
- - Access the tray setting menus.
All Settings
- - Configure the detailed settings.
[All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type MP Tray
(MFC-L3770CDW)
Select the paper type that matches the paper
in the MP tray.
Tray #1
(MFC-L3770CDW)
Select the paper type that matches the paper
in the standard paper tray.
Paper Size MP Tray
(MFC-L3770CDW)
Select the size of paper you loaded in the MP
tray.
Tray #1
(MFC-L3770CDW)
Select the size of paper you loaded in the
standard paper tray.
607
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Tray Setting Check Size
- Select whether to display a message telling
you to check that the size and type of the
paper in the machine and the machine's
Paper Size and Paper Type settings match.
Tray Use: Copy
- Select the tray to be used for Copy.
Tray Use: Fax
- Select the tray to be used for Fax.
Tray Use: Print
- Select the tray to be used for Print.
Volume Ring
- Adjust the ring volume.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker
- Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
- Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
- Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after
you go back to your Main Home screen.
Screen Settings Main Home Screen
- Set the Main Home screen.
Copy Screen
- Set the default Copy screen.
Scan Screen
- Set the default Scan screen.
Notifications Scan Result(Skip
Blank Page)
- Displays the total scanned pages and skipped
blank pages after scanning is completed.
Ecology Eco Mode
- Turn the following machine settings on at the
same time.
• 2-sided Print: Long Edge (Available
only for certain models)
• Sleep Time: 0Min
• Dim Timer: 10Secs
Toner Save
- Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
- Set how much time will pass before the
machine enters Power Saving mode.
Quiet Mode
- Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power Off
- Set the number of hours that the machine will
remain in Deep Sleep mode before going into
Power Off mode.
Setting Lock Set Password
- Restrict unauthorised users from changing the
machine’s settings.
Lock Off⇒On
-
New Password
(Available only when
you enter the
password for the first
time.)
-
Delete Storage Macro ID
- Delete the registered Macro data.
Font ID
- Delete the registered Font data.
Format
- Restore the Macro and Font data of your
machine to the default settings.
[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
(Select a Shortcut)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
608
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
(Select a Shortcut)
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[All Settings] > [Fax]
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Setup Receive Receive Mode
- Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
Ring Delay
- Set the number of rings before the machine answers in
Fax or Fax/Tel mode.
F/T Ring Time
- Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in
Fax/Tel mode.
Fax Preview
- View received faxes on the LCD.
Fax Detect
- Receive fax messages automatically when you answer
a call and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes Remote Codes
Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and
use codes to turn the Remote Codes on or off. You can
personalise the codes.
Act.Code
Deact.Code
Auto Reduction
- Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive On
Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Off
Memory Receive Off
-
Fax Forward
Set the machine to forward fax messages or to store
incoming faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve
them while you are away from your machine).
If you select Fax Forward or Fax Storage, you can turn
on the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Storage
Forward to
Cloud
Forward incoming faxes to the online service.
Fax Rx Stamp
- Print the received time and date on the top of received
faxes.
2-sided
- Print received faxes on both sides of the paper.
Setup Send Batch TX
- Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the
same time of day into one transmission.
Coverpage Note
- Set up one or two custom cover page messages to
print on outgoing faxes.
Auto Redial
- Set the machine to redial the last fax number after five
minutes, if the fax did not go through because the line
was busy.
Destination
- Set the machine to display the destination information
on the LCD during fax dialling.
Report Setting XMIT Report
- Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification
Report.
Journal Period Journal
Period
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax
Journal.
Time
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50
Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
Day
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the
week.
Print Document
- - Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remote Access
- - Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
609
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Dial Restriction Dial Pad
- Set the machine to restrict dialling when using the dial
pad.
Address Book
- Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using the
Address Book.
Shortcuts
- Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using a
Shortcut.
Remaining Jobs
- - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's
memory and cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous BT Call Sign
(U.K. only)
- Use with BT Call Sign.
[All Settings] > [Printer]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Select the emulation mode.
Quality
- - Select the print quality.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided Print
- Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long
edge or short edge.
Single Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided
image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce
printing time.
When you use preprinted paper, you must select
the 2-sided Feed option. If you select 1-sided
Feed for preprinted paper, the last page will be
printed on the reverse side.
Auto Continue
- - Select if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors or media type errors automatically, and use
paper from other trays.
Output Colour
- - Set the output colour.
HP Tray Command
- - Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray
emulation.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
Colour
Correction
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct
colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default
settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
Auto Correction
- Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and
Registration automatically.
Colour Settings Setting Mode
Select whether to apply the colour print settings of
the machine or the printer driver.
Colour Mode
Select the colour mode.
Improve Grey
Colour
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of
shaded areas.
Enhance Black
Printing
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print
correctly.
610
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Colour
Correction
Colour Settings Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Red
Adjust the red colour.
Green
Adjust the green colour.
Blue
Adjust the blue colour.
[All Settings] > [Network]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN
(MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
TCP/IP BOOT Method IP Boot
Tries
Select the Boot method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS
configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate
the IP address from the link-
local address range
automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or
off.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link
mode.
Wired Status
- - View the current wired
status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC
address.
Set to Default
(MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
- - Restore the wired network
settings to the factory
settings.
Wired Enable
(MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
- - Turn the Wired LAN
interface on or off manually.
WLAN
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
TCP/IP BOOT Method IP Boot
Tries
Select the Boot method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
611
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
WLAN
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
TCP/IP Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS
configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate
the IP address from the link-
local address range
automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or
off.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure the wireless
network settings using the
setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless
network settings using the
Brother installation disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless
network settings using the
one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless
network settings using WPS
with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless
network status.
Signal
- View the current wireless
network signal strength.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current
Communication mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC
address.
Set to Default
(MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
- - Restore the wireless
network settings to the
factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turns the wireless interface
on or off.
Wi-Fi Direct
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using the
one-button push method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using WPS
with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings manually.
612
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wi-Fi Direct
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the
Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
- View your machine's device
name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's
SSID.
When the machine is not
connected, the LCD displays
Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current
IP Address.
Status
Information
Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network signal strength.
When your machine acts as
Group Owner, the LCD
always indicates a strong
signal.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct
connection on or off.
NFC
(Available only for certain
models)
- - - Turn the NFC function on or
off.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection
settings.
Address
-
Port
-
User Name
-
Password
-
Network Reset
- - - Restore all network settings
back to the factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
XMIT Verify View on LCD
Display Transmission Verification Reports about sent faxes.
Print Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report of your last
transmission.
Address Book
- Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal
- Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and
outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings
- Print a list of your settings.
Printer Settings
- Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Configuration
- Print a list of your Network settings.
Print File List
- Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
- Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
- Print the wireless LAN connection results.
613
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
(MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Serial No.
- - Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version
- Check your machine's firmware version.
Sub1 Version
-
Firmware Update
- - Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto
Check
- - View firmware information on the Main Home
screen.
Page Counter Total Colour
Check the total number of pages the machine has
printed.
Black and
White
Fax
-
Copy Colour
Black and
White
Print Colour
Black and
White
Other Colour
Black and
White
Parts Life
1
Drum Black(BK)
Display the remaining life of each drum unit.
Cyan(C)
Magenta(M)
Yellow(Y)
Belt
- Display the remaining life of the belt unit.
Fuser
- Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.
PF Kit MP
(MFC-L3770CDW)
- Display the remaining life of the PF kit MP.
PF Kit 1
- Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.
1
The parts life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
Date & Time Date
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Clock Type
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Auto Daylight
(Available only for
some countries)
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
614
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Station ID Fax
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Tel
Name
Tone/Pulse
(Available only for some
countries)
- Select the dialling mode.
Dial Tone
- Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Phone Line Set
- Select the telephone line type.
Compatibility
- Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset
Restore the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book &
Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings and
delete the personal data in the memory. You cannot see the data
on the machine.
Factory Reset
Restore all the machine settings back to the factory settings and
delete the personal data in the machine's memory. We
recommend using this menu option if you want to delete all the
data from the machine.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
615
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW
[Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Date & Time
- Access the Date and Time setting menus.
Toner Toner Life
- View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print
- Print a test page.
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
Network Wired LAN
- Access the Wired LAN setting menus.
WLAN
- Access the WLAN setting menus.
Screen
Settings
- - Access the default screen setting menus.
Eco Mode
- - Turn the following machine settings on at the same time.
• 2-sided Print: Long Edge(Available only for certain
models)
• Sleep Time: 0Min
• Dim Timer: 10Secs
Tray Setting
- - Access the tray setting menus.
All Settings
- - Configure the detailed settings.
[All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the standard paper
tray.
Paper Size
Select the size of paper you loaded in the standard paper tray.
Check Size
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the
size and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper
Size and Paper Type settings match.
Beep
- Adjust the beeper volume.
LCD Settings Backlight
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your
Main Home screen.
Screen Settings Main Home Screen
Set the Main Home screen.
Copy Screen
Set the default Copy screen.
Scan Screen
Set the default Scan screen.
Notifications Scan Result(Skip
Blank Page)
Displays the total scanned pages and skipped blank pages after
scanning is completed.
Ecology Eco Mode
Turn the following machine settings on at the same time.
616
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Ecology
• 2-sided Print: Long Edge(Available only for certain
models)
• Sleep Time: 0Min
• Dim Timer: 10Secs
Toner Save
Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time
Set how much time will pass before the machine enters Power
Saving mode.
Quiet Mode
Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power Off
Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep
Sleep mode before going into Power Off mode.
Setting Lock Set Password
Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine’s settings.
Lock Off⇒On
New Password
(Available only when you
enter the password for the
first time.)
Delete Storage Macro ID
Delete the registered Macro data.
Font ID
Delete the registered Font data.
Format
Restore the Macro and Font data of your machine to the default
settings.
[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
(Select a Shortcut)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
[All Settings] > [Printer]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Emulation
- - Select the emulation mode.
Quality
- - Select the print quality.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet
Print a list of the machine’s internal fonts.
BR-Script 3
Test Print
- Print a test page.
2-sided 2-sided Print
- Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long
edge or short edge.
Single Image
- For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided
image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce
printing time.
When you use preprinted paper, you must select
the 2-sided Feed option. If you select 1-sided
Feed for preprinted paper, the last page will be
printed on the reverse side.
Auto Continue
- - Select if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors or media type errors automatically, and use
paper from other trays.
Output Colour
- - Set the output colour.
617
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
HP Tray Command
- - Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray
emulation.
Reset Printer
- - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
Colour
Correction
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct
colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default
settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
Auto Correction
- Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and
Registration automatically.
Colour Settings Setting Mode
Select whether to apply the colour print settings of
the machine or the printer driver.
Colour Mode
Select the colour mode.
Improve Grey
Colour
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of
shaded areas.
Enhance Black
Printing
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print
correctly.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast.
Red
Adjust the red colour.
Green
Adjust the green colour.
Blue
Adjust the blue colour.
[All Settings] > [Network]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP BOOT Method IP Boot
Tries
Select the Boot method that best
suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Ethernet
- - Select the Ethernet link mode.
618
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN Wired Status
- - View the current wired status.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wired network settings to
the factory settings.
Wired Enable
- - Turn the Wired LAN interface on or
off manually.
WLAN TCP/IP BOOT Method IP Boot
Tries
Select the Boot method that best
suits your needs.
IP Address
- Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask
- Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway
- Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name
- Enter the Node name.
(up to 32 characters)
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary WINS server.
DNS Server Primary
Specify the IP address of the primary
DNS server.
Secondary
Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
APIPA
- Set the machine to allocate the IP
address from the link-local address
range automatically.
IPv6
- Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Setup Wizard
- - Configure the wireless network
settings using the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using the Brother installation
disc.
WPS
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using the one-button push
method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status
- View the current wireless network
status.
Signal
- View the current wireless network
signal strength.
SSID
- View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode
- View the current Communication
mode.
MAC Address
- - View the machine's MAC address.
Set to Default
- - Restore the wireless network settings
to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
- - Turns the wireless interface on or off.
619
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wi-Fi
Direct
Push Button
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method.
PIN Code
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Manual
- - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner
- - Set your machine as the Group
Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name
- View your machine's device name.
SSID
- View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected,
the LCD displays Not Connected.
IP Address
- View your machine's current IP
Address.
Status
Information
Status
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
status.
Signal
- View the current Wi-Fi Direct network
signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a
strong signal.
I/F Enable
- - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on
or off.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection settings.
Address
-
Port
-
User Name
-
Password
-
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings back to
the factory settings.
[All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
User Settings
- Print a list of your settings.
Printer Settings
- Print a list of your Printer settings.
Network Configuration
- Print a list of your Network settings.
Print File List
- Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.
Drum Dot Print
- Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
WLAN Report
- Print the wireless LAN connection results.
[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Serial No.
- - Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main
Version
- Check your machine's firmware version.
620
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Firmware Version Sub1
Version
Check your machine's firmware version.-
Firmware Update
- - Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto
Check
- - View firmware information on the Main Home
screen.
Page Counter Total Colour
Check the total number of pages the machine has
printed.
Black and
White
Copy Colour
Black and
White
Print Colour
Black and
White
Other Colour
Black and
White
Parts Life
1
Drum Black(BK)
Display the remaining life of each drum unit.
Cyan(C)
Magenta(M)
Yellow(Y)
Belt
- Display the remaining life of the belt unit.
Fuser
- Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.
PF Kit 1
- Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.
1
The parts life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
Date & Time Date
Set the date and time on your machine.
Time
Clock Type
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Auto Daylight
(Available only for
some countries)
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
Time Zone
Set your time zone.
Reset Machine Reset
Restore the machine settings that you have changed.
Network Reset
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
All Settings
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings and
delete the personal data in the memory. You cannot see the data
on the machine.
Factory Reset
Restore all the machine settings back to the factory settings and
delete the personal data in the machine's memory. We recommend
using this menu option if you want to delete all the data from the
machine.
Local Language
- Change your LCD language.
621
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
[Toner]
Level 3
Level 4 Descriptions
Toner Life
- View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.
Test Print
- Print a test page.
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
(Wi-Fi
®
) (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Level 3
Descriptions
TCP/IP
1
Change the TCP/IP settings.
Setup Wizard
Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
1
Configure the wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
WLAN Status
1
Display the wireless network connection status.
MAC Address
1
Display the MAC address of the machine.
Set to Default
1
Restore wireless network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
1
Turn the wireless interface on or off.
1
Available after a Wi-Fi
®
connection has been configured.
(Wired LAN) (MFC-L3730CDN)
Level 3
Descriptions
TCP/IP
Change the TCP/IP settings.
Ethernet
Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
MAC Address
Display the MAC address of the machine.
[Fax] (When Fax Preview is Off)
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Redial /
Pause
- - - Redial the last number called. When you are
entering a fax or telephone number on the
623
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
control panel, Redial changes to Pause on
the LCD. Press Pause when you need a
delay while dialling numbers, such as access
codes and credit card numbers. You can also
store a pause when you set up addresses.
Tel / R - - - Tel changes to R when PBX is selected as
the telephone line type. You can use R to
gain access to an outside line or to transfer a
call to another extension when connected to
a PBX.
Address
Book
(Search)
- - Search within the Address Book.
Edit Add New
Address
Name
Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, change and
delete Address Book numbers.
Address
Setup
Groups
Name
Add/
Delete
Change
(Select
Address
Book)
Delete
(Select
Address
Book)
(Select Address Book)
Apply
- Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial
- - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call
(Select
Outgoing Call)
Apply
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Fax Start
- - - Send a fax.
Options Fax Resolution
- - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast
- - Adjust the contrast.
2-sided Fax
(MFC-L3770CDW)
- - Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Glass Scan Size
- - Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to
the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number Add
Number
Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Add from
Address
book
Search in
Address
book
Delayed Fax Delayed Fax
- Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be
sent.
Set Time
-
Real Time TX
- - Send a fax without using the memory.
Coverpage Setup Coverpage
Setup
- Set the machine to automatically send a pre-
programmed cover page.
624
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Options Coverpage Setup Coverpage
Note
Set the machine to automatically send a pre-
programmed cover page.
-
Total Pages
-
Overseas Mode
- - Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Set New Default
- - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset
- - Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Fax] (When Fax Preview is On)
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Redial / Pause - Redial the last number called. When you are entering a fax or
telephone number on the control panel, Redial changes to
Pause on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a delay while
dialling numbers, such as access codes and credit card
numbers. You can also store a pause when you set up
addresses.
Tel / R - Tel changes to R when PBX is selected as the telephone line
type. You can use R to gain access to an outside line or to
transfer a call to another extension when connected to a PBX.
Address Book
- Select the address of the recipient from the address book.
Call History
- Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send
a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Fax Start
- Send a fax.
Options
- Select your settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Received
Faxes
Print/Delete Print
All(New
Faxes)
Print the new received faxes.
Print
All(Old
Faxes)
Print the old received faxes.
Delete
All(New
Faxes)
Delete the new received faxes.
Delete
All(Old
Faxes)
Delete the old received faxes.
Address Book
- - Select the address of the recipient from the address book.
Call History
- - Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send
a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
[Copy]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Mono Start
- - Make a monochrome or greyscale copy.
625
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Colour Start
- - Make a colour copy.
ID
- - Make a copy of your ID card.
> (more Copy options)
Receipt Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
Normal Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Normal.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2in1(ID) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2in1(ID).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2in1 Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2in1.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2sided(1⇒2) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(1⇒2).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2sided(2⇒2) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(2⇒2).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
Paper Save Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.
Colour Start
ID
626
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
> (more Copy options)
Paper Save Save as Shortcut
Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.
> (more Copy options)
Options
Mono Start
- Start Copying.
Colour Start
-
Options
- Select your settings.
Options Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
- Adjust the density.
Tray Use
- Select the tray that will be used.
2-sided Copy Layout
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select
flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
2-sided Copy
Page Layout
- Select a page layout option when you make
2-sided N in 1 copies from a 2-sided
document.
Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document
type.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
2in1/1in1
- If you select 2 in 1 (ID), you can select the
layout options.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1 and 2 in 1 ID copies.
Auto Deskew
- Set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically.
Colour Adjust
- Adjust the colour for copies.
Remove
Background
Colour
- Change the amount of background colour that
is removed.
Save as Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Scan]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
to USB
(MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan documents to a USB
flash drive.
Options Resolution
-
File Type
-
Scan Type
-
2-sided Scan
(MFC-L3770CDW)
-
Document Size
-
Brightness
-
Contrast
-
627
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
to USB
(MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW)
Options File Name
Scan documents to a USB
flash drive.
-
File Name Style
-
File Size
-
Auto Deskew
-
Skip Blank Page
Skip Blank Page
Sensitivity
-
Remove Background
Colour
-
Set New Default
-
Factory Reset
-
Save as
Shortcut
- -
Start
- -
to PC to File Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan documents and save
them to a folder on your
computer.
(Select USB or PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to OCR Other Scan to
Actions
- Convert your scanned
document to an editable text
file.
(Select USB or PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to Image Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan photos or graphics into
your graphics applications.
(Select USB or PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to E-mail Other Scan to
Actions
- Send a scanned document as
an email attachment.
(Select USB or PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to FTP Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data via FTP.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
Save as Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Network Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data to a CIFS
server on your local network
or on the Internet.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
628
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
to Network
(Select Profile
name)
Save as Shortcut
Send scanned data to a CIFS
server on your local network
or on the Internet.
-
Start
-
to SharePoint Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data via a
SharePoint server.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
Save as Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Web
- - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
WS Scan
(Appears when you install
a Web Services Scanner,
which is displayed in your
computer's Network
explorer.)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan data using the Web
Service protocol.
Scan
- -
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for
Fax
- -
Scan for
Print
- -
[Shortcuts]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Edit/ Delete
(Select
Shortcut)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
Add Shortcut Copy
- Select the settings you want.
Fax
- Select the settings you want.
Scan to File
Scan a monochrome or a colour document to your
computer.
to OCR
Convert your scanned document to an editable text
file.
to Image
Scan a colour picture into your graphics
application.
to USB
Scan documents to a USB flash drive.
to E-mail
Scan a monochrome or a colour document into
your email application.
to Network
Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local
network or on the Internet.
to FTP
Send scanned data via FTP.
to SharePoint
Send scanned data via a SharePoint server.
Web
- Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Web services may have been added and service
names may have been changed by the provider
since this document was published.
Apps
- Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps
service.
629
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(These settings are available
when each Shortcut name is
pressed for two seconds.)
Rename
- Change the shortcut name.
Edit
- Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
- Delete the shortcut.
[Secure Print]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Secure
Print
(Select User) (Select Secure
Print Job)
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you
enter your four-digit password.
Active only when the machine has secure print data.
[Web]
Level 1
Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1
Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
[USB] (MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Level 1
Level 2 Descriptions
USB Scan to USB
Scan documents to a USB flash drive.
Direct Print
Print the data directly from the USB flash drive.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
630
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW
[Toner]
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Toner Life
- View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.
Test Print
- Print a test page.
Calibration Calibrate
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration
- Align the print position of each colour.
(Wi-Fi
®
)
Level 3
Descriptions
TCP/IP
1
Change the TCP/IP settings.
Setup Wizard
Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
WPS
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
1
Configure the wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
WLAN Status
1
Display the wireless network connection status.
MAC Address
1
Display the MAC address of the machine.
Set to Default
1
Restore wireless network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
1
Turn the wireless interface on or off.
1
Available after a Wi-Fi
®
connection has been configured.
[Copy]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Mono Start
- - Make a monochrome or greyscale copy.
Colour Start
- - Make a colour copy.
ID
- - Make a copy of your ID card.
> (more Copy options)
Receipt Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
631
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
> (more Copy options)
Receipt
> (more Copy options) Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.
Options
Normal Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Normal.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2in1(ID) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2in1(ID).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2in1 Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2in1.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2sided(1⇒2) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(1⇒2).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
2sided(2⇒2) Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(2⇒2).
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
Paper Save Mono Start
Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.
Colour Start
ID
Save as Shortcut
> (more Copy options)
Options
Mono Start
- Start Copying.
Colour Start
-
Options
- Select your settings.
632
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Options Enlarge/Reduce 100%
-
Enlarge
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Custom(25-400%)
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density
- Adjust the density.
2-sided Copy Layout
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select
flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
2-sided Copy
Page Layout
- Select a page layout option when you make
2-sided N in 1 copies from a 2-sided
document.
Quality
- Select the Copy resolution for your document
type.
Contrast
- Adjust the contrast.
Stack/Sort
- Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
2in1/1in1
- If you select 2 in 1 (ID), you can select the
layout options.
Page Layout
- Make N in 1 and 2 in 1 ID copies.
Auto Deskew
- Set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically.
Colour Adjust
- Adjust the colour for copies.
Remove
Background
Colour
- Change the amount of background colour that
is removed.
Save as Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Scan]
Level 3
Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
to PC to File Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan documents and save them to a
folder on your computer.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to OCR Other Scan to
Actions
- Convert your scanned document to
an editable text file.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to Image Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
633
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
to PC to E-mail Other Scan to
Actions
- Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
Start
to FTP Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data via FTP.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Network Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data to a CIFS server
on your local network or on the
Internet.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
to SharePoint Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data via a SharePoint
server.
(Select Profile
name)
Options
-
Save as
Shortcut
-
Start
-
to Web
- - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
WS Scan
(Appears when you
install a Web Services
Scanner, which is
displayed in your
computer's Network
explorer.)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
Scan
- -
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for Fax
- -
Scan for
Print
- -
[Shortcuts]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Edit/ Delete
(Select
Shortcut)
Rename
Change the shortcut name.
Edit
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
Delete the shortcut.
Add Shortcut Copy
- Select the settings you want.
Scan to File
Scan a monochrome or a colour document to your
computer.
to OCR
Convert your scanned document to an editable text
file.
634
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Add Shortcut Scan to Image
Scan a colour picture into your graphics
application.
to E-mail
Scan a monochrome or a colour document into
your email application.
to Network
Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local
network or on the Internet.
to FTP
Send scanned data via FTP.
to SharePoint
Send scanned data via a SharePoint server.
Web
- Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Web services may have been added and service
names may have been changed by the provider
since this document was published.
Apps
- Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps
service.
(These settings are available
when each Shortcut name is
pressed for two seconds.)
Rename
- Change the shortcut name.
Edit
- Change the shortcut settings.
Delete
- Delete the shortcut.
[Secure Print]
Level 1
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Secure
Print
(Select User) (Select Secure
Print Job)
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you
enter your four-digit password.
Active only when the machine has secure print data.
[Web]
Level 1
Descriptions
Web
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1
Descriptions
Apps
Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
Related Information
• Settings and Features Tables
635
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
• Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
• Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
• Network Management Software and Utilities
636
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
• What is Web Based Management?
• Access Web Based Management
• Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
• Network Management Software and Utilities
• Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
637
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > What is Web Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
• We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows and Safari 10/11 for Mac.
Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
• You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the
print server and your computer.
• The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
638
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Access Web Based Management
Access Web Based Management
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box. To avoid displaying the warning dialog box, you can install a self-signed certificate to use
SSL/TLS communication. For more detailed information, see Related Information.
• The default login password to manage machine settings is initpass. We recommend you change it to
protect your machine from unauthorised access.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
You can now change the print server settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the
configuration.
Every time you access Web Based Management, type the password in the Login field, and then click
. After
configuring the settings, log out by clicking .
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
• Print the Network Configuration Report
• Create a Self-signed Certificate
• Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
639
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
We recommend changing the default login password to prevent unauthorised access to Web Based
Management.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you have previously set your own password, type it, and then click
.
• If you have not previously set your own password, type initpass, and then click
.
4. Click Administrator.
5. Type the password you want to use in the Enter New Password field (8 to 32 characters).
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit.
Related Information
• Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
640
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer.
When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and
displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
• Remote Setup (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Mac)
641
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows)
Remote Setup (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
• Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
642
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 7
Click
(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
• Windows 8 and Windows 10
Launch
(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
The Remote Setup Program window appears.
When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
643
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Windows)
644
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
645
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother
installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
• ControlCenter4 (Windows)
• Remote Setup (Windows)
646
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Windows)
647
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup to set up your Brother machine with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
• If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
649
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Mac)
650
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable
Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection
(Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
• If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
• Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. In the left menu, click Address Book in the Fax.
3. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
4. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
• Remote Setup (Mac)
651
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type • LED
Print Method • Electrophotographic LED Printer
Memory Capacity Standard • 512 MB
LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
1
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
16 characters x 2 lines
• DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
3.7 in. (93.4 mm) TFT Colour touchscreen LCD
Power Source • 220 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
Power
Consumption
(Average)
Peak • DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 1180 W
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 1180 W
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 1180 W
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 1180 W
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 1180 W
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 1320 W
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 1320 W
Printing
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 430 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 430 W at 25°C
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3710CW
653
Power
Consumption
(Average)
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C
Copying
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 400 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 430 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 430 W at 25°C
Copying
(Quiet Mode)
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 280 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C
Ready
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 80 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 80 W at 25°C
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 80 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 80 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 80 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 75 W at 25°C
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 75 W at 25°C
Sleep
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
654
Power
Consumption
(Average)
Approximately 9.7 W
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 9.7 W
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 9.7 W
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 9.7 W
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 9.7 W
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 10.1 W
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 10.1 W
Deep Sleep
2
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 1.2 W
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 1.2 W
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 1.2 W
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 1.2 W
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 1.2 W
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 1.2 W
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 1.2 W
Power Off
2 3 4
• DCP-L3510CDW
Approximately 0.04 W
• DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 0.04 W
• DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 0.04 W
• MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 0.04 W
• MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 0.04 W
• MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 0.04 W
• MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 0.04 W
Dimensions
(Typical outline view)
(DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
Unit: mm
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
* : 410
** : 368
*** : 475
• DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW
* : 410
** : 414
655
(DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
*** : 475
• MFC-L3770CDW
* : 410
** : 414
*** : 509
Weights (with supplies) • DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
21.7 kg
• DCP-L3550CDW
23.2 kg
• MFC-L3710CW
22.5 kg
• MFC-L3730CDN
23.4 kg
• MFC-L3750CDW
23.4 kg
• MFC-L3770CDW
24.5 kg
656
Noise Level Sound
Pressure
Printing • MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
LpAm = 47 dB (A)
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
LpAm = 45 dB (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
• LpAm = 43 dB (A)
Ready
• Default: Inaudible
5
Sound Power
Printing
6
Monochrome
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
LWAd = 5.86 B (A)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
LWAd = 6.11 B (A)
Colour
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
LWAd = 5.92 B (A)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
LWAd = 6.16 B (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
Monochrome
• LWAd = 5.71 B (A)
Colour
• LWAd = 5.73 B (A)
Ready
• Default: Inaudible
7
Temperature Operating • From 10°C to 32°C
Storage • From 0°C to 40°C
Humidity Operating • 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Storage • 10 to 95% (without condensation)
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
(DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
• Up to 50 sheets
For best results we recommend:
• Temperature: 20 to 30 °C
• Humidity: 50 to 70%
• Paper: 80 g/m
2
1
Measured diagonally.
2
USB connections to computer
3
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
4
Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment.
5
If fan motor is functioning: LpAm = 33 dB (A)
6
Measured in accordance with the method described in RAL-UZ205.
7
If fan motor is functioning: LWAd = 4.67 B (A)
Document Size Specification
Document Size
ADF Width • 105 mm to 215.9 mm
ADF Length • 147.3 mm to 355.6 mm
Scanner Glass Width • Maximum 215.9 mm
Scanner Glass Length • Maximum 300 mm
657
Print Media Specifications
Paper Input Paper Tray
(Standard)
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size • A4, Letter, A5, A5 (Long Edge), A6,
Executive
Paper Weight • 60 to 163 g/m²
Maximum
Paper Capacity
• Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m
2
Plain
Paper
Multi-Purpose Tray (MP tray)
(MFC-L3770CDW)
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Recycled Paper, Bond, Label,
Envelope, Env. Thin, Env.Thick, Glossy
Paper
Paper Size • Width:
76.2 mm to 216 mm
• Length:
116 mm to 355.6 mm
• Envelope:
COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch
Paper Weight
• 60 to 163 g/m
2
Maximum
Paper Capacity
• Up to 30 sheets of 80 g/m
2
Plain Paper
• Envelope: three envelopes up to 6 mm
thick
Manual Feed Slot (DCP-L3510CDW/
DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW)
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Recycled Paper, Bond, Label,
Envelope, Env. Thin, Env.Thick, Glossy
Paper
Paper Size • Width:
76.2 mm to 216 mm
• Length:
116 mm to 355.6 mm
• Envelope:
COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch
Paper Weight
• 60 to 163 g/m
2
Maximum
Paper Capacity
• One sheet
Paper
Output
1
Face Down Output Tray
• Up to 150 sheets of 80 g/m
2
Plain
Paper (face-down delivery to the face-
down output paper tray)
Face Up Output Tray • One sheet (face-up delivery to the face-
up output tray)
2-sided Automatic 2-sided Printing
(DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Paper Type • Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper,
Recycled Paper
Paper Size • A4
Paper Weight
• 60 to 163 g/m
2
1
For labels, we recommend removing the printed sheets from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid the
possibility of smudging.
658
Fax Specifications
NOTE
This feature is available for MFC models.
Compatibility • ITU-T Super Group 3
Coding System • MH / MR / MMR / JBIG
Modem Speed • 33,600 bps (with Automatic Fallback)
2-sided Print Receiving • MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Yes
Automatic 2-sided Sending • MFC-L3770CDW
Yes (from ADF)
Scanning Width • Maximum 208 mm
Printing Width • Maximum 207.4 mm
Greyscale • 8 bit / 256 levels
Resolution Horizontal • 203 dpi
Vertical • Standard: 98 dpi
• Fine: 196 dpi
• Super fine: 392 dpi
• Photo: 196 dpi
Address Book • 200 Locations
Groups • Up to 20
Broadcasting • 250 Locations
Automatic Redial • 3 times at 5-minute intervals
Memory Transmission
• Up to 500 pages
1
Out of Paper Reception
• Up to 500 pages
1
1
‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, JBIG code).
Copy Specification
Copy Width
• Maximum 210 mm
Automatic 2-sided Copy • MFC-L3770CDW
Yes (from ADF)
Sort Copy • Yes
Stack Copy • Up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce • 25 to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution • Maximum 600 x 600 dpi
First Copy Out Time
1
Monochrome
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 15 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 17.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
Colour
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
659
First Copy Out Time
1
Less than 16 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 17.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
1
From Ready Mode and standard tray
Scanner Specifications
Colour / Black
• Yes / Yes
TWAIN Compliant • Yes
(Windows 7 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
(macOS v10.11.6, v10.12.x, v10.13.x)
WIA Compliant • Yes
(Windows 7 / Windows 8 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
Colour Depth • 48 bit colour Processing (Input)
• 24 bit colour Processing (Output)
Grey Scale • 16 bit colour Processing (Input)
• 8 bit colour Processing (Output)
Resolution
1
• Up to 19200 x 19200 dpi (interpolated)
• Up to 1200 x 2400 dpi (from Scanner Glass)
• Up to 600 x 600 dpi (from ADF)
Scanning Width • Maximum 210 mm
Automatic 2-sided Scanning • MFC-L3770CDW
Yes (from ADF)
1
Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 (resolution up to 19200
× 19200 dpi can be selected by using the scanner utility)
Printer Specifications
Automatic 2-sided Print
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/
MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Yes
Emulation • PCL6, BR-Script3, PDF Version 1.7, XPS Version 1.0
Resolution • 600 x 600 dpi, 2,400 dpi class (2400 x 600) quality
Print Speed
1
2
1-sided print Monochrome
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN
Up to 19 pages/minute (Letter size)
Up to 18 pages/minute (A4 size)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Up to 25 pages/minute (Letter size)
Up to 24 pages/minute (A4 size)
Colour
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN
Up to 19 pages/minute (Letter size)
Up to 18 pages/minute (A4 size)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Up to 25 pages/minute (Letter size)
660
Print Speed
1
2
1-sided print Up to 24 pages/minute (A4 size)
2-sided Print Monochrome
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN
Up to 6 sides/minute (Up to 3 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Up to 8 sides/minute (Up to 4 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
Colour
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN
Up to 6 sides/minute (Up to 3 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Up to 8 sides/minute (Up to 4 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
First Print Time
3
Monochrome
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 14 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 15.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
Colour
• MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 14 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
• DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 15.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V
1
The print speed may change depending on the type of document you print.
2
Print speed may be slower when the machine is connected by wireless LAN.
3
Print from Ready mode and standard tray.
Interface Specifications
USB
1
2
• Hi-Speed USB 2.0
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no more than 2 metres long.
LAN • DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
10Base-T/100Base-TX
3
Wireless LAN • DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/
MFC-L3770CDW
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct
®
)
NFC • MFC-L3770CDW
Yes
1
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
2
Third party USB ports are not supported.
3
Use a straight-through Category 5 (or greater) twisted-pair cable.
Direct Print Feature Specifications
NOTE
This function is available for MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW.
661
Compatibility • PDF version1.7, JPEG, Exif+JPEG, PRN (created by own printer driver), TIFF (scanned by
Brother models), XPS version 1.0
Interface • USB direct interface : Front x 1
Supported Protocols and Security Features
Ethernet
10Base-T/100Base-TX
Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode), IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
Protocols (IPv4)
ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, APIPA (Auto IP), WINS/NetBIOS name resolution, DNS Resolver, mDNS,
LLMNR responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, SMTP Client, IPP/IPPS, FTP Client and Server,
CIFS Client, TELNET Server, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP client and server, ICMP, Web
Services (Print/Scan), SNTP Client
Protocols (IPv6)
NDP, RA, DNS resolver, mDNS, LLMNR responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, IPP/IPPS, SMTP
Client, FTP Client and Server, CIFS Client, TELNET Server, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP
client and server, ICMPv6, SNTP Client, Web Services (Print/Scan)
Network Security (Wired)
SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x (EAP-MD5, EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS,
EAP-TTLS), Kerberos
Network Security (Wireless)
SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x (LEAP, EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAP-
TTLS), Kerberos
Wireless Network Security
WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
1
Wireless Certification
Wi-Fi Certification Mark License (WPA
™
/WPA2
™
- Enterprise, Personal), Wi-Fi Protected Setup
™
(WPS)
Identifier Mark License, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED
™
Wi-Fi Direct
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform &
Operating System Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk Space to
Install
Parallel
(IEEE128
4)
USB
1
10Base-
T/
100Base-
TX
(Ethernet
)
Wireless
802.11b/g
/n
For
Drivers
For
Applicati
ons
(including
Drivers)
Windows
Operating
System
Windows 7 SP1 /
8 / 8.1
2 3
N/A Printing
PC Fax
4
Scanning
32 bit (x86)
or 64 bit
(x64)
processor
650 MB 1.2 GB
Windows 10
Home / 10 Pro /
10 Education / 10
Enterprise
2 3
1
Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES) only.
662
Windows Server
2008
N/A Printing 50 MB N/A
Windows Server
2008 R2
64 bit (x64)
processor
Windows Server
2012
Windows Server
2012 R2
Windows Server
2016
Mac
Operating
System
macOS v10.11.6 Printing
PC-Fax (Send)
4
Scanning
Intel
®
Processor
80 MB 400 MB
macOS v10.12.x
macOS v10.13.x
1
Third party USB ports are not supported.
2
For WIA, 1200x1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables resolutions up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
3
PaperPort
™
14SE supports Windows 7 SP1, Windows8, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10.
4
PC-Fax supports black and white only.
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
• Appendix
663
Home > Appendix > How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
>> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
When text is required, enter characters on the machine. The characters that are available may differ depending
on the operation you perform.
• Hold down or repeatedly press a or b to select a character from this list:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(space)!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?
@[\]^_‘{|}~
• Press OK when the character or symbol you want is displayed, and then enter the next character.
• Press Clear to delete characters entered incorrectly.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
• When you must enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard appears on the LCD.
• The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
• The keyboard layout may differ depending on the operation you perform.
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
• Press
to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press [Space] or c.
Making corrections
• If you entered a character incorrectly and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to the incorrect
character, and then press
. Enter the correct character.
• To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
• Press
for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
• Appendix
664
Home > Appendix > Supplies
Supplies
When the time comes to replace supplies, such as the toner or drum, an error message will appear on your
machine's control panel or in the Status Monitor. For more information about the supplies for your machine, visit
www.brother.com/original/index.html or contact your local Brother dealer.
The Supply Model Name will vary depending on your country and region.
Supply Items Supply Model Name Approximate Life
(Page Yield)
Toner Cartridge Standard Toner:
TN-243
• Black:
Approximately 1,000 pages
1 2
• Cyan / Magenta / Yellow:
Approximately 1,000 pages
1 2
High Yield Toner:
TN-247
• Black:
Approximately 3,000 pages
1 2
• Cyan / Magenta / Yellow:
Approximately 2,300 pages
1 2
Inbox Toner:
(Supplied with your machine)
• Black:
Approximately 1,000 pages
1 2
• Cyan / Magenta / Yellow:
Approximately 1,000 pages
1 2
Drum Unit
DR-243CL
3
Approximately 18,000 pages
4
Belt Unit BU-223CL
Approximately 50,000 pages
5
Waste Toner Box WT-223CL
Approximately 50,000 pages
2
1
Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.
2
A4 or Letter size single-sided pages
3
Contains four drum units; one black and three colours.
4
Approximately 18,000 pages based on one page per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a
variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
5
Approximately 50,000 pages based on two pages per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a
variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
666
Home > Appendix > Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life
Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life
Toner Cartridge Life
This product detects the life of the toner cartridges using the following two methods:
• Detection by counting the dots of each colour that are necessary to create an image
• Detection by counting the rotations of the developer roller
This product has a function that will count the dots of each colour used to print every document and the rotations
of each toner cartridge’s developer roller. The print operation will stop when either of the upper limits is reached.
The upper limit is set above the number of dots or rotations that would be required for the cartridge to perform
consistently with its advertised page yield. This function is intended to reduce the risk of poor print quality and
damage to the machine.
There are two messages that indicate when the toner is low or needs replacing: Toner Low and Replace Toner.
Toner Low is displayed on the LCD when the number of dots or rotations of the developer roller nears its
maximum count: Replace Toner is displayed on the LCD when the number of dots or rotations of the developer
roller reaches its maximum count.
Colour Correction
The number of developer roller rotations that are counted may not only be for normal operations, such as printing
and copying, but also for machine adjustments, such as Colour Calibration and Colour Registration.
Colour Calibration (Adjustment of Colour Density)
To obtain stable print quality, the density of each toner cartridge needs to be maintained at a fixed value. If the
density balance between the colours cannot be kept, the tint becomes unstable, and accurate colour
reproduction becomes unavailable. The toner density can change due to chemical changes to the toner that
affect its electrical charge, deterioration of the developer unit, and temperature and humidity levels in the
machine. During calibration, the density level adjustment test patterns are printed on the belt unit.
Calibration is mainly performed at the following times:
• When the user manually selects calibration from the operation panel or the printer driver.
(Please perform calibration if colour density needs to be improved.)
• When a used toner cartridge is replaced with a new one.
• When the machine detects that the ambient temperature and humidity have changed.
• When a specified number of printed pages is reached.
Colour Registration (Correction of Colour Position)
In this machine, the drum unit and developer unit are prepared for black (K), yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan
(C), respectively. Four colour images are combined into one image, and therefore colour registration errors (for
example, how the four colour images align) might occur. When registration errors occur, registration correction
test patterns are printed on the belt unit.
Registration is mainly performed at the following times:
• When the user manually selects registration from the operation panel.
(Please perform registration if a colour registration error needs to be corrected.)
• When a specified number of printed pages is reached.
Related Information
• Appendix
668
Home > Appendix > Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
• Recycled paper is of the same quality as paper made from original forest sources. Standards governing
modern recycled paper ensure that it meets the highest quality requirements for different printing processes.
The imaging equipment supplied by the VA signatories is suitable for using with recycled paper meeting the
EN 12281:2002 standard.
• Purchasing recycled paper saves natural resources and promotes the circular economy. Paper is made using
cellulose fibres from wood. Collecting and recycling paper extends the life of fibres over multiple life cycles,
making the best use of the resources.
• The recycled paper production process is shorter. The fibres have already been processed, so less water and
energy, and fewer chemicals are used.
• Paper recycling has the benefit of saving carbon by diverting paper products from alternative disposal routes
such as landfill and incineration. Landfill waste emits methane gas, which has a powerful greenhouse effect.
Related Information
• Appendix
669
Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer service or your local Brother Dealer.
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your machine needs. Download the latest software
and utilities and read FAQs and Troubleshooting tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
Customer Service
Visit
www.brother.com for contact information on your local Brother office.
Service Centre locations
For service centres in Europe, contact your local Brother Office. Contact information for European offices can be
found by going to
www.brother.com, and selecting your region and country.
Internet Addresses
Brother Global Web Site:
www.brother.com
For Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), Product Support and Technical Questions, and Driver Updates and
Utilities:
support.brother.com
Related Information
• Appendix
670
